A U T O N O M O U S

CURRICULUM & SYLLABUS

PRATHYUSHA
ENGINEERING COLLEGE
I-VIII An Autonomous Institution
NAAC "A" Grade | NBA accredited
SEMESTERS Poonamallee-Tiruvallur Road, Tiruvallur - 602 025.
www.prathyusha.edu.in

REGULATIONS

2023
DEPARTMENT OF
COMPUTER SCIENCE
AND ENGINEERING
Academic Batch 2023-2027

N
ENGI EERIN
HA
PEC
G
S
PRATHYU

CO
LLEGE

IQAC
ü
A
NAAC
NATIONAL ASSESSMENT AND
ACCREDITATION COUNCIL
 PRATHYUSHA
ESTO. 2001 ENGINEERING COLLEGE
An Autonomous Institution
NAAC 11A" Grade I NBA accredited
Poonamallee-Tiruvallur Road, Tiruvallur - 602 025.
www.prathyusha.edu.in

DEPARTMENT OF
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING
Academic Batch 2023-2027

REGULATIONS 2023
Curriculum & Syllabus
 PRATHYUSHA ENGINEERING COLLEGE

DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING

 Department of CSE, PEC
CURRICULUM

SEMESTER I
S. COURSE CATE PERIODS PER TOTAL
CODE GORY WEEK CONTACT
NO. COURSE TITLE CREDITS
L T P PERIODS
1. IP23101 INDUCTION PROGRAMME - - - - - 0
THEORY

1 HS23101 HERITAGE OF TAMILS HSMC 1 0 0 1 1

2 PH23101 ENGINEERING PHYSICS BSC 3 0 0 3 3
3 CH23101 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY BSC 3 0 0 3 3
4 MA23101 MATRICES AND CALCULUS BSC 4 0 0 4 4
5 GE23101 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS ESC 3 0 0 3 3
PRACTICALS
5. LBS23101 PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY BSC 0 0 3 3 1.5
LABORATORY

6. LHS23101 COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB HSMC 0 0 3 3 1.5

7. MC23102 IDEA LABORATORY MC 3

0 0 3 0

8. MC23101 MANDATORY COURSE MC 2

0 0 2 0
(NSS/NSO/YRC)/ Club active
TOTAL 14 0 11 25 17

SEMESTER II
S. COURSE CATEGORY PERIODSPER TOTAL
NO. CODE COURSE TITLE WEEK CONTACT CREDITS
L T P PERIODS
THEORY
1. HS23202 PROFESSIONAL ENGLISH HSMC 3 0 0 3 3
2. HS23203 TAMILS AND TECHNOLOGY HSMC 1 0 0 1 1
3. MA23202 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND BSC 4 0 0 4 4
TRANSFORM TECHNIQUES
4. BE23201 BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ESC 3 0 0 3 3
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
5. CS23201 PROBLEM SOLVING USING C
ESC 3 0 0 3 3

PRACTICALS
6. LES23201 ENGINEERING PRACTICES ESC 0 0 3 3 1.5
LABORATORY
7. LCS23201 PROBLEM SOLVING USING C ESC 0 0 3 3 1.5
LABORATORY
8. MC23201 DESIGN THINKING MC 0 0 2 2 0
9. MC23202 DIGITAL MARKETING AND SOCIAL MC 0 0 2 2 0
MEDIA SKILLS
TOTAL 14 0 10 24 17

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 1

 Department of CSE, PEC
SEMESTERIII
PERIODS TOTAL
S. COURSE COURSE TITLE CATE PERWEEK CREDITS
CONTACT
NO. CODE GORY
L T P PERIODS
THEORY
1. MA23303 DISCRETE MATHEMATICS BSC 4 0 0 4 4
2. DIGITAL PRINCIPLE & COMPUTER
CS23301 ESC 3 0 2 5 4
ORGANIZATION
3. DATA STRUCTURE
CS23302 PCC 3 0 0 3 3

4. OBJECT OREINTED PROGRAMMING

CS23303 PCC 3 0 0 3 3

5. DATA SCIENCE USING PYTHON

AD23301 PCC 3 0 0 3 3

PRACTICALS
6. DATA STRUCTURE LABORATORY
LCS23301 LPCC 0 0 3 3 1.5
7. OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING
LCS23302 LPCC 0 0 3 3 1.5
LABORATORY
8. DATA SCIENCE USING PYTHON LAB
LAD23301 LPCC 0 0 3 3 1.5
9. EEC23301 APTITUDE SKILLS EEC 0 1 0 1 1

10. MC23301 MOOC/ SWAYAM/ NPTEL MC 2 0 0 2 0

TOTAL 18 1 11 30 22.5

SEMESTER IV
PERIODS TOTAL
S. COURSE COURSETITLE CATE PER CREDITS
CONTACT
NO. CODE GORY WEEK PERIODS
L T P
THEORY
1. CS23401 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PCC 3 0 0 3 3
2. CS23402 COMPUTER NETWORKS PCC 3 0 2 5 4
3. PCC 3 0 2 5 4
CS23403 OPERATING SYSTEM
4.
CS23404 ALGORITHM PCC 3 0 2 5 4

5. CS23405 THEORY OF COMPUTATION PCC 3 0 0 3 3

6. GE23402 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES BSC 2 0 0 2 2
&SUSTAINABILITY
PRACTICALS
6. LCS23401 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM LAB LPCC 0 0 3 3 1.5
7.
EEC23401 EEC 0 1 0 1 1
FOREIGN LANGUAGE/ ADVANCED
APTITUDE SKILLS
8. MC23401 MOOC/ SWAYAM/ NPTEL/ MC 0 0 2 2 0
CERTIFICAT E COURES

9. MINI PROJECT-I
EEC23402 EEC 0 0 2 2 1

TOTAL 17 1 13 31 23.5

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 2

 Department of CSE, PEC

SEMESTER V
PERIODS TOTAL
S. COURSE COURSETITLE CATE PERWEEK CREDITS
CONTACT
NO. CODE GORY
L T P PERIODS
THEORY
1. CS23501 CRYPTOGRAPHY AND CYBER PCC 3 0 0 3 3
SECURITY
2. CS23502 CLOUD COMPUTING AND EDGE PCC 3 0 0 3 3
COMPUTING
3. CS23503 INTERNET PROGRAMMING PCC 2 0 2 4 4
4. CS23504 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE PCC 3 0 0 3 3
AND MACHINE LEARNING
5. - PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE I PEC - - - - 3
6. - PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVEII PEC - - - - 3
PRACTICALS
7.
LCS23501 CLOUD COMPUTING LAB LPCC 0 0 3 3 1.5
8. EEC23501 CODING SKILLS EEC 0 0 2 2 1

9. MC23501 MOOC/SWAYAM/NPTEL MC 2 0 0 2 0

10. INTERNSHIP/INDUSTRIAL
ECS53501 TRAINING EEC - - - - 2
TOTAL 13 0 7 18 23.5

SEMESTER VI
PERIODS TOTAL
S. COURSE COURSETITLE CATE PERWEEK CREDITS
CONTACT
NO. CODE GORY PERIODS
L T P
THEORY
1. AUGMENTED REALITY/ VIRTUAL
CS23601 PCC 3 0 0 3 3
REALITY
2. CS23602 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS AND IOT PCC 3 0 0 3 3
3. OPEN ELECTIVE-1 OEC 3 0 0 3 3
4. PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVEIII PEC - - - - 3
5. PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVEIV PEC - - - - 3
6. PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVEV PEC - - - - 3

PRACTICALS
7. AR/VRLAB
LCS23601 LPCC 0 0 3 3 1.5

8. EMBEDDED SYSTEMS AND IOT

LCS23602 LPCC 0 0 3 3 1.5
LAB
9. EEC23601 PREPARENESS FOR CAREER EEC 0 0 2 2 1
OPPORTUNITIES
10. MC23601 MOOC/SWAYAM/NPTEL MC 0 0 0 0 0

TOTAL 9 0 8 17 22

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 3

 Department of CSE, PEC

SEMESTER VII/VIII*
PERIODS TOTAL
S. COURSE COURSE TITLE CATE PERWEEK CREDITS
CONTACT
NO. CODE GORY
L T P PERIODS
THEORY
1. CRYPTOCURRENCY AND PCC 3 0 2 5 4
CS23701
BLOCKCHAIN
TECHNOLOGIES
2. HS23701 PRINCIPLES OF HSMC 3 0 0 3 3
MANAGEMENT
3. - OPEN ELECTIVEII OEC - - - - 3
4. - OPEN ELECTIVEIII OEC - - - - 3
5. - PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVEVI PEC - - - - 3
PRACTICALS
6. LCS23701 CRYPTOCURRENCY AND LPCC 0 0 3 3 1.5
BLOCKCHAIN
TECHNOLOGIESLAB
7. EEC23701 SKILL ENHANCEMENT EEC 0 0 2 0 1

8. MC23701 MOOC/SWAYAM/NPTEL MC 0 0 0 0 0

9. ECS23701 INTERNSHIP* EEC 0 0 0 0 2

TOTAL 6 0 7 11 20.5

*INTERNSHIP FROM ABROAD UNIVERSITIES/ INDUSTRIES

SEMESTER VIII/VII*
PERIODS TOTAL
S. COURSE COURSE TITLE CATE PERWEEK CREDITS
CONTACT
NO. CODE GORY
L T P PERIODS
THEORY
1. HS23801 HUMAN VALUES AND HSMC 3 0 0 3 3
PROFESSIONAL ETHICS
2. - PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVEVII PEC - - - - 3
PRACTICALS
3. LCS23801 PROJECT WORK–PHASEII EEC 0 0 16 20 10
TOTAL 3 0 16 23 16

TOTALCREDITS: 163

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 4

 Department of CSE, PEC

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE COURSES: VERTICALS

VERTICALVII
VERTICAL III
VERTICAL II VERTICAL IV
CLOUD VERTICAL VI
VERTICALI VERTICAL V ARTIFICIAL
FULL STACK COMPUTING AND CYBER
DATA CREATIVE EMERGING INTELLIGENCE
DEVELOPMENT DATA CENTER SECURITY AND
SCIENCE MEDIA TECHNOLOGIES AND MACHINE
FOR IT TECHNOLOGIES DATAPRIVACY
LEARNING

Exploratory Data Digital and Mobile Multimedia and Robotic Process Knowledge
Web Technologies Virtualization
Analysis Forensics Animation Automation Engineering

Web and Mobile App Cloud Services Social Network Video Creation and Neural Networks and
Recommender Systems Soft Computing
Development Management Security Editing Deep Learning

Neural Networks and Neural Networks

Cloud Services Management Data Warehousing Modern Cryptography UI and UX Design Cyber security
Deep Learning and Deep Learning

Text and Speech Engineering Secure Text and Speech

UI and UX Design Storage Technologies Digital marketing Quantum Computing
Analysis Software Systems Analysis

Software Testing and Software Defined Optimization

Business Analytics Cyber security Visual Effects Ethics And AI
Automation Networks Techniques

Computer Vision Web Application Security Stream Processing Network Security Game Development Game Development Game Theory

Multimedia Data
Big Data Analytics Security and Privacy Security and
DevOps Compression 3D Printing and Design Cognitive Science
in Cloud Privacy in
and Storage
Cloud

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 5

 Department of CSE, PEC

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE COURSES

VERTICALS

VERTICAL 1: DATA SCIENCE

PERIODS TOTAL
S. COURSE COURSE TITLE CATE PERWEEK CREDITS
CONTACT
NO. CODE GORY
L T P PERIODS

1. PCS2301 Exploratory Data PEC 2 0 2 4 3

Analysis
2. PCS2302 Recommender Systems PEC 2 0 2 4 3

3. PCS2303 Neural Networks and PEC 2 0 2 4 3

Deep Learning
4. PCS2304 Text and Speech PEC 2 0 2 4 3
Analysis
5. PCS2305 Business Analytics PEC 2 0 2 4 3

6. PCS2306 Computer Vision PEC 2 0 2 4 3

7. PCS2307 Big Data Analytics PEC 2 0 2 4 3

VERTICAL 2: FULL STACK DEVELOPMENT FOR IT

PERIODS TOTAL
S. COURSE COURSETITLE CATE PERWEEK CREDITS
CONTACT
NO. CODE GORY
L T P PERIODS
1. PCS2308 Web Technologies PEC 2 0 2 4 3
2. PCS2309 Web and Mobile App PEC 2 0 2 4 3
Development
3. PCS2310 Cloud Services PEC 2 0 2 4 3
Management
4. PCS2311 UI and UX Design PEC 2 0 2 4 3

5. PCS2312 Software Testing and PEC 2 0 2 4 3

Automation
6. PCS2313 Web Application PEC 2 0 2 4 3
Security
7. PCS2314 DevOps PEC 2 0 2 4 3

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 6

 Department of CSE, PEC

VERTICAL 3: CLOUD COMPUTING AND DATA CENTER TECHNOLOGIES

PERIODS TOTAL
S. COURSE COURSE TITLE CATE PERWEEK CREDITS
CONTACT
NO. CODE GORY
L T P PERIODS
1. PCS2315 Virtualization PEC 2 0 2 4 3
2. PCS2316 Cloud Services PEC 2 0 2 4 3
Management
3. PCS2317 Data Warehousing PEC 2 0 2 4 3

4. PCS2318 Storage Technologies PEC 2 0 2 4 3

5. PCS2319 Software Defined PEC 2 0 2 4 3

Networks
6. PCS2320 Stream Processing PEC 2 0 2 4 3

7. PCS2321 Security and Privacy in PEC 2 0 2 4 3

Cloud

VERTICAL 4: CYBER SECURITY AND DATAPRIVACY

PERIODS TOTAL
S. COURSE COURSETITLE CATE PERWEEK CREDITS
CONTACT
NO. CODE GORY
L T P PERIODS
1. PCS2322 Digital and Mobile PEC 2 0 2 4 3
Forensics
2. PCS2323 Social Network PEC 2 0 2 4 3
Security
3. PCS2324 Ethical Hacking PEC 2 0 2 4 3

4. PCS2325 Engineering Secure PEC 2 0 2 4 3

Software Systems
5. PCS2326 Cyber security PEC 2 0 2 4 3
PCS2327 PEC 2 0 2 4 3
6. Network Security

7. PCS2321 Security and Privacy in PEC 2 0 2 4 3

Cloud

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 7

 Department of CSE, PEC

VERTICAL 5: CREATIVE MEDIA

PERIODS TOTAL
S. COURSE COURSETITLE CATE PERWEEK CREDITS
CONTACT
NO. CODE GORY
L T P PERIODS

1. PCS2328 Multimedia and PEC 2 0 2 4 3

Animation
2. PCS2329 Video Creation and PEC 2 0 2 4 3
Editing
3. PCS2311 UI and UX Design PEC 2 0 2 4 3

4. PCS2330 Digital marketing PEC 2 0 2 4 3

5. PCS2331 Visual Effects PEC 2 0 2 4 3

6. PCS2332 Game Development PEC 2 0 2 4 3

7. PCS2333 Multimedia Data PEC 2 0 2 4 3

Compression and
Storage

VERTICAL 6: EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES

PERIODS TOTAL
S. COURSE COURSE TITLE CATE PERWEEK CREDITS
CONTACT
NO. CODE GORY
L T P PERIODS

1. PCS2334 Robotic Process PEC 2 0 2 4 3

Automation
2. PCS2335 Neural Networks and PEC 2 0 2 4 3
Deep Learning
3. PCS2326 Cyber security PEC 2 0 2 4 3

4. PCS2336 Quantum Computing PEC 2 0 2 4 3

5. PCS2337 Ethics And AI PEC 2 0 2 4 3

PCS2338 PEC 2 0 2 4 3
6. Game Development

7. PCS2339 3DPrintingandDesign PEC 2 0 2 4 3

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 8

 Department of CSE, PEC

VERTICAL7:ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND MACHINE LEARNING

PERIODS TOTAL
S. COURSE COURSETITLE CATE PERWEEK CREDITS
CONTACT
NO. CODE GORY PERIODS
L T P
1. PCS2340 Knowledge Engineering PEC 2 0 2 4 3

2. PCS2341 Soft Computing PEC 2 0 2 4 3

3. PCS2335 Neural Networks and PEC 2 0 2 4 3

Deep Learning
4. PCS2304 Text and Speech PEC 2 0 2 4 3
Analysis
5. PCS2342 Optimization PEC 2 0 2 4 3
Techniques
6. PCS2343 Game Theory PEC 2 0 2 4 3

7. PCS2344 Cognitive Science PEC 2 0 2 4 3

OPEN ELECTIVES
(STUDENTS SHALL CHOOSE THE OPEN ELECTIVE COURSES, SUCH THAT THE COURSE
CONTENTSARENOTSIMILARTO ANYOTHERCOURSECONTENTS/TITLEUNDEROTHER
COURSE CATEGORIES).

OPEN ELECTIVES–I

PERIODS TOTAL
S. COURSE COURSETITLE CATE PERWEEK CREDITS
CONTACT
NO. CODE GORY PERIODS
L T P
1. OIE351 Introduction to Industrial
Engineering OEC 3 0 0 3 3

2. OBT351
Food, Nutrition and Health
OEC 3 0 0 3 3
3. OCE351 Environment and Social
OEC 3 0 0 3 3
Impact Assessment
4. OEE351 Renewable Energy System
OEC 3 0 0 3 3

5.
Introduction to
Bioinformatics OEC 3 0 0 3 3

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 9

 Department of CSE, PEC

OPEN ELECTIVES–II

PERIODS TOTAL
SL. COURSE COURSETITLE CATE PERWEEK CREDITS
CONTACT
NO. CODE GORY
L T P PERIODS

1. OIE352
Resource Management
Techniques OEC 3 0 0 3 3
2. AU3791 Electric and Hybrid Vehicles OEC 3 0 0 3 3
3. OAS351 Space Science OEC 3 0 0 3 3
4. AI301 I Tin Agricultural System OEC 3 0 0 3 3
5. OEI352
Introduction to Control
Engineering OEC 3 0 0 3 3

OPEN ELECTIVES– III

COURSE PERIODS TOTAL

SL. COURSETITLE CATE CONTACT CREDITS
CODE PERWEEK
NO. GORY PERIODS
L T P
1. English for Competitive
OHS351
Examinations OEC 3 0 0 3 3
2. NGOs and Sustainable
OMG352
Development OEC 3 0 0 3 3
3. Democracy and Good
OMG353
Governance OEC 3 0 0 3 3
4. Renewable Energy
CME365
Technologies OEC 3 0 0 3 3
5. OME354 Applied Design Thinking OEC 3 0 0 3 3
6. MF3003 Reverse Engineering OEC 3 0 0 3 3
7. OPR351 Sustainable Manufacturing OEC 3 0 0 3 3
8. AU3791 Electric and Hybrid Vehicles OEC 3 0 0 3 3
9. OAS352 Space Engineering OEC 3 0 0 3 3
10. OIM351 Industrial Management OEC 3 0 0 3 3
11. OIE354 Quality Engineering OEC 3 0 0 3 3
12. OSF351 Fire Safety Engineering OEC 3 0 0 3 3
13. OML351 Introduction to Non- OEC 3 0 0 3 3
destructive Testing
14. OMR351 Mechatronics OEC 3 0 0 3 3
15. ORA351 Foundation of Robotics OEC 3 0 0 3 3
16. OAE352 Fundamentals of OEC 3 0 0 3 3
Aeronautical Engineering
17. OGI351 Remote Sensing Concepts OEC 3 0 0 3 3
18. OAI351 Urban Agriculture OEC 3 0 0 3 3
19. OEN351 Drinking Water Supply OEC 3 0 0 3 3
and Treatment
20. OEE352 Electric Vehicle Technology OEC 3 0 0 3 3
21. OEI353 Introduction to PLC OEC 3 0 0 3 3
Programming
22. OCH351 Nano Technology OEC 3 0 0 3 3
23. OCH352 Functional Materials OEC 3 0 0 3 3

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 10

 Department of CSE, PEC

24. OFD352 Traditional Indian Foods OEC 3 0 0 3 3

25. OFD353 Introduction to food OEC 3 0 0 3 3
processing
26. OPY352 IPR for Pharma Industry OEC 3 0 0 3 3
27. OTT351 Basics of Textile Finishing OEC 3 0 0 3 3
28. OTT352 Industrial Engineering OEC 3 0 0 3 3
For Garment Industry
29. OTT353 Basics of Textile OEC 3 0 0 3 3
Manufacture
30. OPE351 Introduction to OEC 3 0 0 3 3
Petroleum Refiningand
Petrochemicals
31. CPE334 Energy Conservation OEC 3 0 0 3 3
and Management
32. OPT351 Basics of Plastics Processing OEC 3 0 0 3 3
33. OEC351 Signals and Systems OEC 3 0 0 3 3
34. OEC352 Fundamentals of OEC 3 0 0 3 3
Electronic Devices and
Circuits
35. CBM348 Foundation Skills in OEC 3 0 0 3 3
Integrated Product
Development
36. CBM333 Assistive Technology OEC 3 0 0 3 3
37. OMA352 Operations Research OEC 3 0 0 3 3
38. OMA353 Algebra and Number Theory OEC 3 0 0 3 3
39. OMA354 Linear Algebra OEC 3 0 0 3 3
40. OCE353 Lean Concepts, Tools OEC 3 0 0 3 3
And Practices
41. OBT352 Basics of Microbial OEC 3 0 0 3 3
Technology
42. OBT353 Basics of Biomolecules OEC 3 0 0 3 3
43. OBT354 Fundamentals of Cell OEC 3 0 0 3 3
And Molecular Biology

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 11

 Department of CSE, PEC

OPEN ELECTIVES– IV

COURSE PERIODS TOTAL

SL. COURSETITLE CATE CONTACT CREDITS
CODE PERWEEK
NO. GORY PERIODS
L T P
1. OHS352 Project Report Writing
OEC 3 0 0 3 3
2. OMA355 Advanced Numerical
Methods OEC 3 0 0 3 3
3. OMA356 Random Processes
OEC 3 0 0 3 3
4. OMA357 Queuing and Reliability
Modelling OEC 3 0 0 3 3
5. OMG354 Production and OEC 3 0 0 3 3
Operations Management
For Entrepreneurs
6. OMG355 Multivariate Data Analysis OEC 3 0 0 3 3
7. OME352 Additive Manufacturing OEC 3 0 0 3 3
8. CME343 New Product Development OEC 3 0 0 3 3
9. OME355 Industrial Design& OEC 3 0 0 3 3
Rapid Prototyping
Techniques
10. MF3010 Micro and Precision OEC 3 0 0 3 3
Engineering
11. OMF354 Cost Management of OEC 3 0 0 3 3
Engineering Projects
12. AU3002 Batteries and OEC 3 0 0 3 3
Management system
13. AU3008 Sensors and Actuators OEC 3 0 0 3 3
14. OAS353 Space Vehicles OEC 3 0 0 3 3
15. OIM352 Management Science OEC 3 0 0 3 3
16. OIM353 Production Planning OEC 3 0 0 3 3
and Control
17. OIE353 Operations Management OEC 3 0 0 3 3
18. OSF352 Industrial Hygiene OEC 3 0 0 3 3
19. OSF353 Chemical Process Safety OEC 3 0 0 3 3
20. OML352 Electrical, Electronic OEC 3 0 0 3 3
And Magnetic
materials
21. OML353 Nano materials and OEC 3 0 0 3 3
Applications
22. OMR352 Hydraulics and Pneumatics OEC 3 0 0 3 3
23. OMR353 Sensors OEC 3 0 0 3 3
24. ORA352 Conceptsin Mobile Robots OEC 3 0 0 3 3
25. MV3501 Marine Propulsion OEC 3 0 0 3 3
26. OMV351 Marine Merchant Vessels OEC 3 0 0 3 3

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 12

 Department of CSE, PEC

27. OMV352 Elements of Marine OEC 3 0 0 3 3

Engineering
28. CRA332 Drone Technologies OEC 3 0 0 3 3
29. OGI352 Geographical OEC 3 0 0 3 3
Information System
30. OAI352 Agriculture OEC 3 0 0 3 3
Entrepreneurship Develop
ment
31. OEN352 Biodiversity Conservation OEC 3 0 0 3 3
32. OEE353 Introduction to control OEC 3 0 0 3 3
systems
33. OEI354 Introduction to OEC 3 0 0 3 3
Industrial Automation
Systems
34. OCH353 Energy Technology OEC 3 0 0 3 3
35. OCH354 Surface Science OEC 3 0 0 3 3
36. OFD354 Fundamentals of Food OEC 3 0 0 3 3
Engineering
37. OFD355 Food safety and OEC 3 0 0 3 3
Quality Regulations
38. OPY353 Nutraceuticals OEC 3 0 0 3 3
39. OTT354 Basics of Dyeing and Printing OEC 3 0 0 3 3
40. FT3201 Fibre Science OEC 3 0 0 3 3
41. OTT355 Garment OEC 3 0 0 3 3
Manufacturing Techn
ology
42. OPE353 Industrial safety OEC 3 0 0 3 3
43. OPE354 Unit Operationsin OEC 3 0 0 3 3
Petro Chemical
Industries
44. OPT352 Plastic Materials for OEC 3 0 0 3 3
Engineers
45. OPT353 Properties and Testing OEC 3 0 0 3 3
ofPlastics
46. OEC353 VLSI Design OEC 3 0 0 3 3
47. CBM370 Wearable Devices OEC 3 0 0 3 3
48. CBM356 Medical Informatics OEC 3 0 0 3 3
49. OCE354 Basicsof Integrated OEC 3 0 0 3 3
Water Resources
Management
50. OBT355 Biotechnology for OEC 3 0 0 3 3
Waste Management
51. OBT356 Lifestyle Diseases OEC 3 0 0 3 3
52. OBT357 Biotechnology in HealthCare OEC 3 0 0 3 3

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 13

 Department of CSE, PEC

SUMMARY

NAME OF THE PROGRAMME: B.E. COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

S.NO SUBJECT AREA CREDITS PER TOTAL

SEMESTER CREDITS
I II III IV V VI VII/VIII VIII/VII
1 HSMC 2.5 4 3 3 12.5
2 BSC 11.5 4 4 2 21.5
4 ESC 3 9 4 16
5 PCC 13.5 19.5 14.5 9 5.5 62
6 PEC 6 9 3 3 21
7 OEC 3 6 9
8 EEC 1 2 3 2 3 10 21
NON-CREDIT
10 /(MANDATORY)       

TOTAL 17 17 22.5 23.5 23.5 23 20.5 16 163

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 14

 Department of CSE, PEC

IP23101 INDUCTION PROGRAMME

This is a mandatory 2 week programme to be conducted as soon as the students enter the institution.
Normal classes start only after the induction program is over.

The induction programme has been introduced by AICTE with the following objective:

“Engineering colleges were established to train graduates well in the branch/department of

admission, have a holistic outlook, and have a desire to work for national needs and beyond. The
graduating student must have knowledge and skills in the area of his/her study. However, he/she
must also have a broad understanding of society and relationships. Character needs to be nurtured
as an essential quality by which he/she would understand and fulfill his/her responsibility as an
engineer, a citizen and a human being. Besides the above, several meta-skills and underlying values
are needed.”

“One will have to work closely with the newly joined students in making them feel comfortable, allow
them to explore their academic interests and activities, reduce competition and make them work for
excellence, promote bonding within them, build relations between teachers and students, give a
broader view of life, and build character.”

Hence, the purpose of this programme is to make the students feel comfortable in their new
environment, open them up, set a healthy daily routine, create bonding in the batch as well as
between faculty and students, develop awareness, sensitivity and understanding of the self, people
around them, society at large, and nature.

The following are the activities under the induction program in which the student would be fully
engaged throughout the day for the entire duration of the program.

(i) Physical Activity

This would involve a daily routine of physical activity with games and sports, yoga, gardening, etc.

(ii) Creative Arts

Every student would choose one skill related to the arts whether visual arts or performing arts.
Examples are painting, sculpture, pottery, music, dance etc. The student would pursue it everyday
for the duration of the program. These would allow for creative expression. It would develop a sense
of aesthetics and
also enhance creativity which would, hopefully, grow into engineering design later.

(iii) Universal Human Values

This is the anchoring activity of the Induction Programme. It gets the student to explore oneself and
allows one to experience the joy of learning, stand up to peer pressure, make decisions with
courage, be aware of relationships with colleagues and supporting stay in the hostel and
department, be sensitive to others, etc. A module in Universal Human Values provides the base.
Methodology of teaching this content is extremely important. It must not be through do's and don'ts,
but get students to explore and think by engaging them in a dialogue. It is best taught through group
discussions and real life activities rather than lecturing.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 15

 Department of CSE, PEC

Discussions would be conducted in small groups of about 20 students with a faculty

mentor each. It would be effective that the faculty mentor assigned is also the faculty advisor for the
student for the full duration of the UG programme.

(iv) Literary Activity

Literary activity would encompass reading, writing and possibly, debating, enacting a play etc.

(v) Proficiency Modules

This would address some lacunas that students might have, for example, English, computer
familiarity etc.

(vi) Lectures by Eminent People

Motivational lectures by eminent people from all walks of life should be arranged to give the students
exposure to people who are socially active or in public life.

(vii) Visits to Local Area

A couple of visits to the landmarks of the city, or a hospital or orphanage could be organized. This
would familiarize them with the area as well as expose them to the underprivileged.

(viii) Familiarization to Dept./Branch & Innovations

They should be told about what getting into a branch or department means what role it plays in
society, through its technology. They should also be shown the laboratories, workshops & other
facilities.

(ix) Department Specific Activities

About a week can be spent in introducing activities (games, quizzes, social interactions, small
experiments, design thinking etc.) that are relevant to the particular branch of Engineering /
Technology / Architecture that can serve as a motivation and kindle interest in building things
(become a maker) in that particular field. This can be conducted in the form of a workshop. For
example, CSE and IT students may be introduced to activities that kindle computational thinking,
and get them to build simple games. ECE students may be introduced to building simple circuits as
an extension of their knowledge in Science, and so on. Students may be asked to build stuff using
their knowledge of science.

Induction Programme is totally an activity based programme and therefore there shall be no
tests / assessments during this programme.

References:
Guide to Induction program from AICTE

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 16

 Department of CSE, PEC

HERITAGE OF TAMILS
HS23101 L T P C
1 0 0 1

UNIT I LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 3

Language Families in India – Dravidian Languages – Tamil as aClassical Language – Classical
Literature in Tamil – Secular Nature of Sangam Literature – Distributive Justice in Sangam Literature
– Management Principles in Thirukural – Tamil Epics and Impact of Buddhism & Jainism in Tamil
Land – Bakthi Literature Azhwars and Nayanmars – Forms of minor Poetry – Development of Modern
literature in Tamil – Contribution of Bharathiyar and Bharathidhasan.

UNIT II HERITAGE – ROCK ART PAINTINGS TO MODERN ART – SCULPTURE 3

Hero stone to modern sculpture – Bronze icons – Tribes and their handicrafts – Art of temple car
making – – Massive Terracotta sculptures, Village deities, Thiruvalluvar Statue at Kanyakumari,
Making of musical instruments – Mridhangam, Parai, Veenai, Yazh and Nadhaswaram – Role of
Temples in Social and Economic Life of Tamils.

UNIT III FOLK AND MARTIAL ARTS 3

Therukoothu, Karagattam, Villu Pattu, Kaniyan Koothu, Oyillattam, Leatherpuppetry, Silambattam,
Valari, Tiger dance – Sports and Games of Tamils.

UNIT IV THINAI CONCEPT OF TAMILS 3

Flora and Fauna of Tamils & Aham and Puram Concept from Tholkappiyam and Sangam Literature
– Aram Concept of Tamils – Education and Literacy during Sangam Age – Ancient Cities and Ports
of Sangam Age – Export and Import during Sangam Age – Overseas Conquest of Cholas.

UNIT V CONTRIBUTION OF TAMILS TO INDIAN NATIONAL MOVEMENT AND INDIAN

CULTURE 3

Contribution of Tamils to Indian Freedom Struggle – The Cultural Influence of Tamils over the other parts of
India – Self-Respect Movement – Role of Siddha Medicine in Indigenous Systems of Medicine – Inscriptions &
Manuscripts – Print History of Tamil Books.

TEXT-CUM-REFEREN CE BOOKS
1. Social Life of Tamils (Dr.K.K.Pillay) A joint publication of TNTB & ESC and RMRL – (in print)
2. Social Life of the Tamils – The Classical Period (Dr.S.Singaravelu) (Published
by:International Institute of Tamil Studies.
3. Historical Heritage of the Tamils (Dr.S.V.Subatamanian, Dr.K.hirunavukkarasu)
(Published by: International Institute of Tamil Studies).
4. The Contributions of the Tamils to Indian Culture (Dr.M.Valarmathi) (Published
by:International Institute of Tamil Studies)
5. Keeladi – ‘Sangam City Civilization on the banks of river Vaigai’ (Jointly Published by:Department of
Archaeology & Tamil Nadu Text Book anEducationaServices Corporation,Tamil Nadu)

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 17

 Department of CSE, PEC

தநிமர்நபபு
L T P C
HS23101
1 0 0 1
UNIT-1மநொமி நற்றும் இ஬க்கினம் 3
தநிமர்க஭ின் ஧ொபம்஧ரினம் / தநிமர்நபபு மநொமி குடும்஧ங்கள் இந்தினொயில் –
திபொயிட மநொமிகள் – தநிழ் ஒரு மெம்மநொமி தநிழ் மெம்மநொமி –மெம்மநொமி
இ஬க்கினம் – மெம்மநொமி இ஬க்கினம் – தநிழ் – ெங்க இ஬க்கினத்தின் நதச்ெொர்஧ற்஫
தன்ரந – ெங்க இ஬க்கினங்க஭ில் யி஥ியனொக ஥ீதி– திருக்கு஫஭ினல் தநிழ்
யந஬ொண்ரந – E. தநிழ் ஥ி஬த்தில் ம஧ௌத்தம் நற்றும் ெநணத்தின் தொக்கம் - ஧க்தி
இ஬க்கினம் ஆழ்யொர்கள் நற்றும் ஥ொனன்நொர்கள் - ெிறு கயிரத யடியங்கள் -
தநிமில்஥ய ீ஦ இ஬க்கினத்தின் ய஭ர்ச்ெி - ஧ொபதினொர் நற்றும் ஧ொபதிதொென் ஧ங்க஭ிப்பு.

UNIT II ஧ொபம்஧ரினம் – ஥ய஦

ீ கர஬க்கு ஧ொர஫ ஓயினங்கள் – 3
ெிற்஧ம் தநிமர்க஭ின் ஧ொபம்஧ரினம் / தநிமர்நபபு ஥ொனகக் ல்முதல் ஥ய ீ஦ ெிற்஧ம் யரப
– மயண்க஬ ெின்஦ங்கள் ஧மங்குடினி஦ர் நற்றும் அயர்க஭ின் யிர஦ப்ம஧ொருட்கள் –
யகொயில் கொர் தனொரிக்கும் கர஬ ஧ொரினபயகொட்டொ, யில்யக் கட்டிடங்கள் கன்஦ினொகுநரி,
இரெக்கருயிகள் தனொரித்தல் - நிருதங்கம், ஧ொர஫, யரண,
ீ னொழ் நற்றும் ஥ொதஸ்யபம்
தநிமர்க஭ின் ெமூக நற்றும் ம஧ொரு஭ொதொப யொழ்யில் யகொனில்க஭ின் ஧ங்கு.

UNIT III தநிமர்க஭ின் ஧ொபம்஧ரினம் / தநிமர்நபபு 3

மதருக்கூத்து, கபகொட்டம், யில்லுப்஧ொட்டு, கணினன் கூத்து, ஒனி஬ொட்டம், யதொல்஧ப்ம஧ட்ரி,
ெி஬ம்஧ொட்டம், ய஭ரி,பு஬ி ஥ட஦ம் – தநிமர்க஭ின் யிர஭னொட்டு நற்றும்
யிர஭னொட்டுகள்.

UNIT-IVதநிமர்க஭ின் திரண கருத்து 3

தநிமர்க஭ின் தொயபங்கள் நற்றும் யி஬ங்கி஦ங்கள் நற்றும் மதொல்கொப்஧ினம் நற்றும்
ெங்க இ஬க்கினங்க஭ி஬ிருந்து அகம் நற்றும் புபம் கருத்து– தநிமர்க஭ின் அ஫ம் கருத்து
– ெங்க கொ஬த்தில் கல்யி நற்றும் எழுத்த஫ிவு – ஧ண்ரடன ஥கபங்கள் நற்றும் ஏற்றுநதி

UNIT V இந்தின யதெின இனக்கத்திற்கும் இந்தின க஬ொச்ெொபத்திற்கும் 3

தநிமர்க஭ின் ஧ங்க஭ிப்பு
தநிமர்க஭ின் ஧ொபம்஧ரினம் / தநிமர்நபபு இந்தின சுதந்திபப் ய஧ொபொட்டத்திற்கு தநிமர்க஭ின்
஧ங்க஭ிப்பு - இந்தினொயின் ஧ி஫஧குதிக஭ில் தநிமர்க஭ின் க஬ொச்ெொப மெல்யொக்கு
ெித்தொமெ஦ின் சுன஥஬ம். நருத்துய முர஫கள்- கல்மயட்டுகள் & ரகமனழுத்துப் ஧ிபதிகள் -
தநிழ் புத்தகங்க஭ின் அச்சு யப஬ொறு.
TEXT-CUM-REFERENCE BOOKS
1. தநிமக யபம஬ொறு – நக்களும் ஧ண் ய஧ொடும் – நக.நக. ஧ிள்ந஭
2. கணி஦ித்தநிழ் – மு஦யர்இ஬. சுந்தபம். (யிகடன் ஧ிபசுபம்).
3. தநிமரின்ஆற்஫ங்கரப ஥ொகரீகம். (மதொல்஬ினல் துர஫ மய஭ினீடு )
4. Social Life of Tamils (Dr.KKPillay) TNTB & ESC நற்றும் RMRL ஆகினயற்஫ின் கூட்டு
மய஭ினீடு – (அச்சு யடியில்)
Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 18
 Department of CSE, PEC

ENGINEERING PHYSICS
PH23101 L T PC
3 0 0 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES
 .To make the students effectively to achieve an understanding of mechanics
 To enable the students to gain knowledge of electromagnetic waves and its applications.
 To introduce the basics of oscillations, optics and lasers.
 Equipping the students to be successfully the importance of quantum physics.
 To motivate the students towards the applications of quantum mechanics.

UNIT I MECHANICS 9
Multi-particle dynamics: Center of mass (CM) – CM of continuous bodies – motion of the
CM – kinetic energy of system of particles. Rotation of rigid bodies: Rotational kinematics –
rotational kinetic energy and moment of inertia - theorems of M. I –moment of inertia of
continuous bodies – M.I of a diatomic molecule - torque – rotational dynamics of rigid bodies –
conservation of angular momentum
– rotational energy state of a rigid diatomic molecule - gyroscope - torsional pendulum – double
pendulum –Introduction to nonlinear oscillations.

UNIT II ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES 9

The Maxwell’s equations - wave equation; Plane electromagnetic waves in vacuum, Conditions
on the wave field - properties of electromagnetic waves: speed, amplitude, phase, orientation and
waves in matter - polarization - Producing electromagnetic waves - Energy and momentum in EM
waves: Intensity, waves from localized sources, momentum and radiation pressure - Cell-phone
reception. Reflection and transmission of electromagnetic waves from a non-conducting medium
vacuum interface for normal incidence.

UNIT III OSCILLATIONS, OPTICS AND LASERS 9

Simple harmonic motion - resonance –analogy between electrical and mechanical oscillating
systems - waves on a string - standing waves - traveling waves - Energy transfer of a wave - sound
waves - Doppler effect. Reflection and refraction of light waves - total internal reflection -
interference –Michelson interferometer –Theory of air wedge and experiment. Theory of laser -
characteristics - Spontaneous and stimulated emission - Einstein’s coefficients - population
inversion
- Nd-YAG laser, CO2 laser, semiconductor laser –Basic applications of lasers in industry.

UNIT IV BASIC QUANTUM MECHANICS 9

Photons and light waves - Electrons and matter waves –Compton effect - The Schrodinger
equation (Time dependent and time independent forms) - meaning of wave function -
Normalization – Free particle - particle in a infinite potential well: 1D,2D and 3D Boxes-
Normalization, probabilities and the correspondence principle.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 19

 Department of CSE, PEC

UNIT V APPLIED QUANTUM MECHANICS 9

The harmonic oscillator(qualitative)- Barrier penetration and quantum
tunneling(qualitative)- Tunneling microscope - Resonant diode - Finite potential wells
(qualitative)- Bloch’s theorem for particles in a periodic potential –Basics of Kronig-Penney
model and origin of energy bands.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After completion of this course, the students should be able to Understand the
importance of mechanics.
 Express their knowledge in electromagnetic waves.
 Demonstrate a strong foundational knowledge in oscillations, optics and lasers.
 Understand the importance of quantum physics.
 Comprehend and apply quantum mechanical principles towards the formation of energy
bands.
TOTAL PERIODS :45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. D.Kleppner and R. Kolenkow. An Introduction to Mechanics. McGraw Hill
Education (IndianEdition), 2017.
2. E.M. Purcell and D.J. Morin, Electricity and Magnetism, Cambridge Univ.Press, 2013.
3. Arthur Beiser, Shashti Mahajan, S. Rai Choudhury, Concepts of Modern Physics,
McGraw-Hill (Indian Edition), 2017.

REFERENCES:
1. Wolfson. Essential University Physics. Volume 1 & 2. Pearson Education (Indian Edition),
2009.
2. Paul A. Tipler, Physic – Volume 1 & 2, CBS, (Indian Edition), 2004.
3. K. Thyagarajan and A. Ghatam. Lasers: Fundamentals and Applications, Laxmi
Publications, (IndianEdition), 2019.
4. Halliday, R. Resnick and Walker. Principles of Physics, Wiley (Indian Edition), 2015.
5. N. Garcia, A. Damask and Schwarz. Physics for Computer Science Students. SpringerVerlag,
2012.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 20

 Department of CSE, PEC

CH23101 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LTP C

300 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To inculcate sound understanding of water quality parameters and water treatmenttechniques.
 To impart knowledge on the basic principles and preparatory methods of nanomaterials.
 To introduce the basic concepts and applications of phase rule and composites.
 To facilitate the understanding of different types of fuels, their preparation,
properties and combustion characteristics.
 To familiarize the students with the operating principles, working processes and
applications of energy conversion and storage devices.

UNIT I WATER AND ITS TREATMENT 9

Water: Sources and impurities, Water quality parameters: Definition and significance of-color,
odour,turbidity, pH, hardness, alkalinity, TDS, COD and BOD, fluoride and arsenic. Municipal
water treatment: primary treatment and disinfection (UV, Ozonation, break-point chlorination).
Desalinationof brackish water: Reverse Osmosis. Boiler troubles: Scale and sludge, Boiler
corrosion, Caustic embrittlement, Priming & foaming. Treatment of boiler feed water: Internal
treatment (phosphate, colloidal, sodium aluminate and calgon conditioning) and External treatment
– Ion exchange demineralization and zeolite process.

UNIT II NANOCHEMISTRY 9
Basics: Distinction between molecules, nanomaterials and bulk materials; Size-dependent properties
(optical, electrical, mechanical and magnetic); Types of nanomaterials: Definition, properties and
uses of – nanoparticle, nanocluster, nanorod, nanowire and nanotube. Preparation of nanomaterials:
sol-gel, solvothermal, laser ablation, chemical vapour deposition, electrochemical deposition and
electro spinning. Applications of nanomaterials in medicine, agriculture, energy, electronics and
catalysis.

UNIT III PHASE RULE AND COMPOSITES 9

Phase rule: Introduction, definition of terms with examples. One component system - water
system;Reduced phase rule; Construction of a simple eutectic phase diagram - Thermal analysis;
Two component system: lead-silver system - Pattinson process.Composites: Introduction: Definition
& Need for composites; Constitution: Matrix materials (Polymermatrix, metal matrix and ceramic
matrix) and Reinforcement (fiber, particulates, flakes and whiskers).Properties and applications of:
Metal matrix composites (MMC), Ceramic matrix composites and Polymer matrix composites.
Hybrid composites - definition and examples.
UNIT IV FUELS AND COMBUSTION 9
Fuels: Introduction: Classification of fuels; Coal and coke: Analysis of coal (proximate and
ultimate), Carbonization, Manufacture of metallurgical coke (Otto Hoffmann method). Petroleum
and Diesel: Manufacture of synthetic petrol (Bergius process), Knocking - octane number, diesel oil
- cetane number; Power alcohol and biodiesel.
Combustion of fuels: Introduction: Calorific value - higher and lower calorific values, Theoretical
calculation of calorific value; Ignition temperature: spontaneous ignition temperature, Explosive
range; Flue gas analysis - ORSAT Method. CO 2 emission and carbon footprint.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 21

 Department of CSE, PEC

UNIT V ENERGY SOURCES AND STORAGE DEVICES 9

Stability of nucleus: mass defect (problems), binding energy; Nuclear energy: light water nuclear power plant,
breeder reactor. Solar energy conversion: Principle, working and applications of solar cells; Recent
developments in solar cell materials. Wind energy; Geothermal energy; Batteries: Types of batteries, Primary
battery - dry cell, Secondary battery - lead acid battery and lithium-ion- battery; Electric vehicles - working
principles; Fuel cells: H2-O2 fuel cell, microbial fuel cell; Supercapacitors: Storage principle, types and
examples.

TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, the students will be able:
 To infer the quality of water from quality parameter data and propose suitable treatment
methodologies to treat water.
 To identify and apply basic concepts of nanoscience and nanotechnology in designing thesynthesis
of nanomaterials for engineering and technology applications.
 To apply the knowledge of phase rule and composites for material selection requirements.
 To recommend suitable fuels for engineering processes and applications.
 To recognize different forms of energy resources and apply them for suitable applicationsin
energy sectors.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Dr.A.Ravikrishnan, “Engineering Chemistry”21 st updated edition August 2002,Sri Krishna

Hitech Publishing company Pvt Ltd.
2. P. C. Jain and Monica Jain, “Engineering Chemistry”, 17 th Edition, Dhanpat Rai Publishing
Company (P) Ltd, New Delhi, 2018.
3. Sivasankar B., “Engineering Chemistry”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd, New
Delhi, 2008.
4. S.S. Dara, “A Text book of Engineering Chemistry”, S. Chand Publishing, 12 th Edition, 2018

REFERENCES:
1. B. S. Murty, P. Shankar, Baldev Raj, B. B. Rath and James Murday, “Text book of nanoscience and
nanotechnology”, Universities Press-IIM Series in Metallurgy and MaterialsScience, 2018.
2. O.G. Palanna, “Engineering Chemistry” McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited, 2 nd Edition,
2017.
3. Friedrich Emich, “Engineering Chemistry”, Scientific International PVT, LTD, New Delhi, 2014.
4. ShikhaAgarwal, “Engineering Chemistry-Fundamentals and Applications”, Cambridge University
Press, Delhi, Second Edition, 2019.
5. O.V. Roussak and H.D. Gesser, Applied Chemistry-A Text Book for Engineers and Technologists,
Springer Science Business Media, New York, 2nd Edition, 2013.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 22

 Department of CSE, PEC

MATRICES AND CALCULUS

MA23101 LT P C
4 0 0 4

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To develop the use of matrix algebra techniques that are needed by engineers for
practical
applications.
To familiarize the students with differential calculus.
To familiarize the student with functions of several variables. This is needed in many branches of
engineering.
To make the students understand various techniques of integration.
To acquaint the student with mathematical tools needed in evaluating multiple integrals and their
applications

UNIT I M ATRICES (12)

Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors of a real matrix – Characteristic equation – Properties of Eigenvalues
and Eigenvectors – Cayley - Hamilton theorem – Diagonalization of matrices by orthogonal transformation
– Reduction of a quadratic form to canonical form by orthogonal transformation – Nature of quadratic forms
– Applications: Stretching of an elastic membrane.

UNIT II DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS (12)

Representation of functions - Limit of a function – Continuity - Derivatives - Differentiation rules
(sum,product, quotient, chain rules) - Implicit differentiation - Logarithmic differentiation - Applications:
Maxima and Minima of functions of one variable.

UNIT III FUNCTIONS OF SEVERAL VARIABLES (12)

Partial derivatives – Euler’s theorem for homogenous functions – Total derivatives – Change of variables –
Jacobians– Partialdifferentiation of implicit functions –– Taylor’s expansion for functions of two variables –
Applications: Maxima and minima functions of two variables and Lagrange’s method of undetermined
multipliers.

UNIT IV INTEGRAL CALCULUS (12)

Definite and Indefinite integrals – Substitution rule – Techniques of Integration: Integration by parts,
Trigonometric integrals, Trigonometric substitutions, Integration of rational functions by partial fraction,
Integration of irrational functions – Improper integrals – Applications : Hydrostatic force and pressure,
moments and centre of mass.

UNIT V MULTIPLE INTEGRALS (12)

Double integrals — Change of order of integration — Double integrals in polar coordinates — Area
enclosed by plane curves — Triple integrals — Volume of solids — Change of variables in double and
triple integrals. Applications: Moments and centres of mass, moment of inertia.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 23

 Department of CSE, PEC

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course the students will be able to
1. Use the matrix algebra methods for solving practical problems.
2. Apply differential calculus tools in solving various application problems.
3. Able to use differential calculus ideas on several variable functions.
4. Apply different methods of integration in solving practical problems.
5. Apply multiple integral ideas in solving areas, volumes and other practical problems.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 24

 Department of CSE, PEC

TEXT BOOKS :
1. Kreyszig.E, "Advanced Engineering Mathematics", John Wiley and Sons, 10th Edition, New Delhi,
2016
2.Grewal.B.S., ―Higher Engineering Mathematics‖, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 44th Edition
2018
3.James Stewart, " Calculus: Early Transcendentals", Cengage Learning, 8th Edition, New Delhi, 2015.
[For Units II & IV - Sections 1.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.5, 2.7 (Tangents problems only), 2.8, 3.1 to 3.6, 3.11,
4.1, 4.3, 5.1 (Area problems only), 5.2, 5.3, 5.4 (excluding net change theorem), 5.5, 7.1 - 7.4 and 7.8].

REFERENCES:
1. Anton.H, Bivens. I and Davis. S, "Calculus", Wiley, 10th Edition,
2016
2.Bali. N., Goyal.M. and Watkins.C., ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Firewall Media (An
imprint of
Lakshmi Publications Pvt., Ltd.,), New Delhi, 7th Edition,
2009.
3.Jain .R.K. and Iyengar. S.R.K., ―Advanced Engineering Mathematics‖, Narosa Publications, New
Delhi,
5th Edition,
2016.
4.Narayanan. S. and ManicavachagomPillai. T. K., ―Calculus" Volume I and II, S. Viswanathan
Publishers
Pvt. Ltd., Chennai,
2009.
5.Ramana. B.V., "Higher Engineering Mathematics", McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi,
2016.
6.Srimantha Pal and Bhunia. S.C, ―Engineering Mathematics" Oxford University Press,
2015

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 25

 Department of CSE, PEC

GE23101 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS L T P C

3 0 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
The main learning objective of this course is to prepare the students for:
• Drawing engineering curves.
• Drawing a freehand sketch of simple objects.
• Drawing orthographic projection of solids and section of solids.
• Drawing development of solids
• Drawing isometric and perspective projections of simple solids.

CONCEPTS AND CONVENTIONS (Not for Examination)

Importance of graphics in engineering applications — Use of drafting instruments — BIS
conventions and specifications — Size, layout and folding of drawing sheets — Lettering and
dimensioning.

UNIT I PLANE CURVES 6+12

Basic Geometrical constructions, Curves used in engineering practices: Conics — Construction of
ellipse, parabola and hyperbola by eccentricity method — Construction of cycloid — construction of
involutes of square and circle — Drawing of tangents and normal to the above curves.

UNITII PROJECTION OF POINTS,LINES AND SURFACE 6+12

Orthographic projection- principles-Principal planes-First angle projection-projection of points.
Projection of straight lines (only First angle projections) inclined to both the principal planes -
Determination of true lengths and true inclinations by rotating line method and traces. Projection of
planes (polygonal and circular surfaces) inclined to both the principal planes by rotating object
method.

UNIT III PROJECTION OF SOLIDS AND FREEHAND SKETCHING 6+12

Projection of simple solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinder, cone and truncated solids when the axis
is inclined to one of the principal planes and parallel to the other by rotating object method.
Visualization concepts and Free Hand sketching: Visualization principles —Representation of Three
Dimensional objects — Layout of views- Freehand sketching of multiple views from pictorial views
of objects. Practicing three dimensional modeling of simple objects by CAD Software (Not for
examination)

UNIT IV PROJECTION OF SECTIONED SOLIDS AND DEVELOPMENT OF

SURFACES 6 +12
Sectioning of above solids in simple vertical position when the cutting plane is inclined to one of the
principal planes and perpendicular to the other — obtaining true shape of section. Development of
lateral surfaces of simple and sectioned solids — Prisms, pyramids cylinders and cones. Practicing
three dimensional modeling of simple objects by CAD Software (Not for examination)

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 26

 Department of CSE, PEC

UNITVISOMETRICANDPERSPECTIVEPROJECTIONS 6+12
Principles of isometric projection — isometric scale — isometric projections of simple solids and
truncated solids - Prisms, pyramids, cylinders, cones- combination of two solid objects in simple
vertical positions - Perspective projection of simple solids - Prisms, pyramids and cylinders by visual
ray method.
Practicing three dimensional modeling of isometric projection of simple objects by CAD Software
(Not for examination)
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to
CO1:Use BIS conventions and specifications for engineering drawing.
CO2:Construct the conic curves, involutes and cycloid.
CO3:Solve practical problems involving projection of lines.
CO4:Draw the orthographic, isometric and perspective projections of simple solids.
CO5:Draw the development of simple solids.

TEXT BOOK:
1. Bhatt N.D. and Panchal V.M., “Engineering Drawing”, Charotar Publishing House, 53rd Edition,
2019.
2. Natarajan K.V., “A Text Book of Engineering Graphics”, Dhanalakshmi Publishers, Chennai, 2018.
3. Parthasarathy, N. S. and Vela Murali, “Engineering Drawing”, Oxford University Press, 2015

REFERENCES:
1. Basant Agarwal and Agarwal C.M., “Engineering Drawing”, McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition, 2019.
2. Gopalakrishna K.R., “Engineering Drawing” (Vol. I&II combined), Subhas Publications, Bangalore,
27th Edition, 2017.
3. Luzzader, Warren.J. and Duff,John M., “Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing with an introduction
to Interactive Computer Graphics for Design and Production, Eastern Economy Edition, Prentice Hall
of India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2005.
4. Parthasarathy N. S. and Vela Murali, “Engineering Graphics”, Oxford University, Press, New Delhi,
2015.
5. Shah M.B., and Rana B.C., “Engineering Drawing”, Pearson Education India, 2nd Edition, 2009.
6. Venugopal K. and Prabhu Raja V., “Engineering Graphics", New Age International (P) Limited, 2008.

Publication of Bureau of Indian Standards:

1. IS 10711 — 2001: Technical products Documentation — Size and layout of drawing sheets.
2. IS 9609 (Parts 0 & 1) — 2001: Technical products Documentation — Lettering.
3. IS 10714 (Part 20) — 2001 & SP 46 — 2003: Lines for technical drawings.
4. IS 11669 — 1986 & SP 46 —2003: Dimensioning of Technical Drawings.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 27

 Department of CSE, PEC

5. IS 15021 (Parts 1 to 4) — 2001: Technical drawings — Projection Methods.

Special points applicable to University Examinations on Engineering Graphics:

1. There will be five questions, each of either or type covering all units of the syllabus.
2. All questions will carry equal marks of 20 each making a total of 100.
3. The answer paper shall consist of drawing sheets of A3 size only. The students will be
permitted to use appropriate scale to fit a solution within A3 size.
4. The examination will be conducted in appropriate sessions on the same day

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
1 3 1 2 - 2 - - - - 3 - 2 2 2 -
2 3 1 2 - 2 - - - - 3 - 2 2 2 -
3 3 1 2 - 2 - - - - 3 - 2 2 2 -
4 3 1 2 - 2 - - - - 3 - 2 2 2 -
5 3 1 2 - 2 - - - - 3 - 2 2 2 -
CO 3 1 2 - 2 - - - - 3 - 2 2 2 -
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 28

 Department of CSE, PEC

LBS23101 PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY LABORATORY LT P C

0 0 3 1.5

PHYSICS LABORATORY

OBJECTIVE:
The student should be able to:
• Outlines numerous investigations to check the understanding of fundamental physics
principles used in optics, thermal physics, and liquid and matter properties.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: (Any 5 Experiments)

1. Determination of rigidity modulus – Torsion pendulum

2. Determination of Young‘s modulus by non-uniform bending method
3. (a) Determination of wavelength, and particle size using Laser (b) Determination of
acceptance angle in an optical fibre.
4. Determination of thermal conductivity of a bad conductor – Lee‘s Disc method.
5. Determination of velocity of sound and compressibility of liquid – Ultrasonic
interferometer
6. Determination of wavelength of mercury spectrum – spectrometer grating
7. Determination of thickness of a thin wire – Air wedge method

TOTAL: 30 PERIODS

OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Apply the principle of elasticity vs Young‘s modulus & rigidity modulus of
Engineering materials.
CO2: Apply the principle elasticity in determining compressibility of liquids using
ultrasonic waves.
CO3: Apply the principle of optics in fiber optical communication.
CO4: Apply thermal properties of various insulating materials in engineering applications.
CO5: Use the basic instruments like vernier caliper, micrometer and microscope for
various basic measurements.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 29

 Department of CSE, PEC

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
1 3 2 3 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
2 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
3 3 2 3 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
4 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
5 3 2 3 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
AVG 3 2.4 2.6 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

CHEMISTRY LABORATORY

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To inculcate experimental skills to test basic understanding of water quality parameters,
such as, acidity, alkalinity, hardness, DO, chloride and copper.
 To induce the students to familiarize with electroanalytical techniques such as, pH
metry, potentiometry and conductometry in the determination of impurities in aqueous
solutions.
 To demonstrate the analysis of metals and alloys.
 To demonstrate the synthesis of nanoparticles.
List of Experiments (Any 7 experiments to be conducted)

1. Determination of total, temporary and permanent hardness of water by EDTA method.

2. Determination of chloride content of water sample by argentometric method.
3. Determination of alkalinity in water sample.
4. Estimation of iron content of the water sample using spectrophotometer
(1,10- phenanthroline/thiocyanate method)
5. Determination of the molecular weight of polymer using Ostwald viscometer.
6. Determination of the amount of NaOH using a conductivity meter.
7. Determination of the amount of acids in a mixture using a conductivity meter.
8. Determination of the amount of given hydrochloric acid using a pH meter.
9. Preparation of ZnO nanocrystal by precipitation method.
10. Determination of single electrode potential of the given electrode.
11. Estimation of the iron content of the given solution using a potentiometer.
12. Determination of electrochemical cell potential (using different electrodes/ different
concentrations of electrolytes)
TOTAL PERIODS : 30 Periods
COURSE OUTCOMES:

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 30

 Department of CSE, PEC

CO1 : To analyse the quality of water samples with respect to their acidity, alkalinity,
hardness and DO.
CO2: To determine the amount of metal ions through volumetric and spectroscopic
techniques.
CO3:To analyse and determine the composition of alloys.
CO4:To learn simple method of synthesis of nanoparticles.
CO5: To quantitatively analyse the impurities in solution by electro analytical techniques.

TEXT BOOKS :

1. J. Mendham, R. C. Denney, J.D. Barnes, M. Thomas and B. Sivasankar, Vogel’s

Textbook of Quantitative Chemical Analysis (2009).

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
1 3 - 1 - - 2 2 - - - - 2 - - -
2 3 1 2 - - 1 2 - - - - 1 - - -
3 3 2 1 1 - - 1 - - - - - - - -
4 2 1 2 - - 2 2 - - - - - - - -
5 2 1 2 - 1 2 2 - - - - 1 - - -
Avg. 2.6 1.3 1.6 1 1 1.4 1.8 - - - - 1.3 - - -
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 31

 Department of CSE, PEC

COMMUNICATION SKILL LABORATORY

LHS23101 LT P C
0 0 3 1.5
Course Objectives:
 To improve the communicative competence of learners
 To help learners use language effectively in academic /work contexts
 To develop various listening strategies to comprehend various types of audio materials like lectures,
discussions, videos etc.
 To build on students English language skills by engaging them in listening, speaking and grammar
learning activities relevant to authentic contexts.
 To use language efficiently in expressing their opinions via various media.

Unit I INTRODUCTION TO FUNDAMENTALS OF COMMUNICATION

Listening to voicemail & messages; Listening and filling a form. Speaking – making telephone calls-Self
Introduction; Introducing a friend; -politeness strategies- making polite requests, making polite offers, replying
to polite requests and offers- understanding basic instructions ( filling out a bank application for example), Role
Play
Unit II NARRATION AND SUMMATION
Listening – Listening to podcasts, anecdotes / stories / event narration; documentaries and interviews with
celebrities. Speaking – Narrating personal experiences / events-Talking about current and temporary situations
& permanent and regular situations
Unit III VERBAL ABILITY
Vocabulary, Grammar, Reading Comprehension, Critical Reasoning, Analogies, Sentence Correction, Idioms
and Phrases, Para-jumbles, Synonyms and Antonyms, Reading Speed and Comprehension.

Unit IV CLASSIFICATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS

Listening – Listening to TED Talks; Listening to lectures – and educational videos. Speaking -Small Talk;
General presentation, technical Presentation
Unit V EXPRESSION
Listening – Listening to debates/ discussions; different viewpoints on an issue; and panel discussions. Speaking
-making predictions- talking about a given topic-giving opinions-understanding a website-describing processes,
Group discussion, Debates
TOTAL: 30 PERIODS

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course, learners will be able
 To listen and comprehend complex academic texts
 To speak fluently and accurately in formal and informal communicative contexts
 To express their opinions effectively in both oral and written medium of communication
Assessment Pattern
 End Semester ONLY listening and Reading will be conducted online, and Speaking and Writing offlin

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 32

 Department of CSE, PEC

HS23202 PROFESSIONAL ENGLISH

L T PC
3 00 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To improve the communicative competence of learners
 To learn to use basic grammatic structures in suitable contexts
 To acquire lexical competence and use them appropriately in a sentence
and understandtheir meaning in a text
 To help learners use language effectively in professional contexts
 To develop learners’ ability to read and write complex texts, summaries,
articles, blogs,definitions, essays and user manuals.
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATION 1
What is effective communication? (Explain using activities) Why is communication critical for excellence
during study, research and work? What are the seven C’s of effective communication? What are key
language skills?
What is effective listening? What does it involve? What is effective speaking? What does it mean to be an
excellent reader? What should you be able to do? What is effective writing? How does one develop
language and communication skills? What does the course focus on? How are communication and
language skills going to be enhanced during this course? What do you as a learner need to do to enhance
your English language and communication skills to get the best out of this course?

INTRODUCTION TO FUNDAMENTALS OF COMMUNICATION 8

Reading - Reading brochures (technical context), telephone messages / social media messages relevant to
technical contexts and emails. Writing - Writing emails / letters introducing oneself. Grammar - Present
Tense ( simple and progressive); Question types: Wh/ Yes or No/ and Tags. Vocabulary - Synonyms; One
word substitution; Abbreviations & Acronyms (as used in technical contexts).
UNIT II NARRATION AND SUMMATION 9
Reading - Reading biographies, travelogues, newspaper reports, Excerpts from literature, and travel &
technical blogs. Writing - Guided writing-- Paragraph writing Short Report on an event (field trip etc.)
Grammar - forms of Verbs -Subject-Verb Agreement; and Prepositions. Vocabulary - Word forms (prefixes&
suffixes); Synonyms and Antonyms. Phrasal verbs.
UNIT III DESCRIPTION OF A PROCESS / PRODUCT 9
Reading – Reading advertisements, gadget reviews; user manuals. Writing - Writing definitions;
instructions; and Product /Process description. Grammar – Tenses (past, present future) Imperatives;
Adjectives; Degrees of comparison; . Vocabulary - Compound Nouns, Homonyms; and Homophones,
discourse markers (connectives & sequence words).
UNIT IV CLASSIFICATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS 9
Reading – Newspaper articles; Journal reports –and Non Verbal Communcation ( tables, pie charts etc,. ).
Writing – Note-making / Note-taking (*Study skills to be taught, not tested); Writing recommendations;
Transferring information from non verbal ( chart , graph etc, to verbal mode) Grammar – Articles; Pronouns
- Possessive & Relative pronouns. Vocabulary - Collocations; Fixed

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 33

 Department of CSE, PEC

/ Semi fixed expressions.

UNIT V EXPRESSION 9
Reading – Reading editorials; and Opinion Blogs; Writing – Essay Writing (Descriptive or narrative).
Grammar – Future Tenses, Punctuation; Negation (Statements & Questions); and Simple,
Compound & Complex Sentences. Vocabulary - Cause & Effect Expressions – Content vs Function words.

TOTAL : 45 PERIODS

COURSE OUTCOMES :
At the end of the course, learners will be able
CO1:To use appropriate words in a professional context
CO2:To gain understanding of basic grammatic structures and use them in right context.
CO3:To read and infer the denotative and connotative meanings of technical texts
CO4:To write definitions, descriptions, narrations and essays on various topics

TEXT BOOKS :
1. English for Engineers & Technologists Orient Blackswan Private Ltd. Department of English, Anna
University, (2020 edition)
2. English for Science & Technology Cambridge University Press, 2021.
Authored by Dr. Veena Selvam, Dr. Sujatha Priyadarshini, Dr. Deepa Mary Francis, Dr. KN. Shoba,
and Dr. Lourdes Joevani, Department of English, Anna University.

REFERENCES:
1.Technical Communication – Principles And Practices By Meenakshi Raman & Sangeeta Sharma, Oxford
Univ. Press, 2016, New Delhi.
2.A Course Book On Technical English By Lakshminarayanan, Scitech Publications (India) Pvt. Ltd.
3.English For Technical Communication (With CD) By Aysha Viswamohan, Mcgraw Hill Education,
ISBN : 0070264244.
4. Effective Communication Skill, Kulbhusan Kumar, RS Salaria, Khanna
Publishing House. 5.Learning to Communicate – Dr. V. Chellammal, Allied Publishing
House, New Delhi,2003.

ASSESSMENT PATTERN

Two internal assessments and an end semester examination to test students’ reading and writing skills
along with their grammatical and lexical competence.

CO PO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 1 3 - 3 - - -
2 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 1 3 - 3 - - -
3 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 - - -
4 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 - - -
5 2 3 3 3 - 3 3 3 2 3 - 3 - - -
AV 1.6 2.2 1.8 2. 1.5 3 3 3 1.6 3 3 3 - - -
g. 2
CO-PO & PSO MAPPING

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 34

 Department of CSE, PEC

த஫ிழரும் ததொழில்நுட்பமும்
HS23203 L T P C
1 0 0 1

UNIT I தெசவு ஫ற்றும் தச஭ொ஫ிக் ததொழில்நுட்பம் 3

சங்க கள஬த்தழல் ந஥சவுத் நதளமழல் - ஧ீங்களன் நதளமழல்த௃ட்஧ம் - கருப்பு நற்றும்
சழயப்பு ஧ளத்தழபங்கள் (BRW) - நட்஧ளண்டங்கள் நீ து கழபளஃ஧ிட்டி.

UNIT II வடிவம஫ப்பு ஫ற்றும் கட்டு஫ொன ததொழில்நுட்பம் 3

சங்க கள஬த்தழல் யட்டு
ீ உ஧யனளகப் ந஧ளருட்க஭ில் யடியமநத்தல் நற்றும்
கட்டமநப்பு கட்டுநள஦ங்கள்- கட்டிட ந஧ளருட்கள் நற்றும் சங்க கள஬த்து நளயபர்
ீ
கற்கள் -சழ஬ப்஧தழகளபத்தழல் கட்டப்஧ட்ட கட்டங்க஭ின் யியபங்கள் - நளநல்஬புபத்தழல்
உள்஭ சழற்஧ங்கள் நற்றும் யகளயில்கள் - யசளமர்க஭ின் ந஧ரின யகளயில்கள் நற்றும்
஧ி஫ யமழ஧ளட்டு த஬ங்கள் - ஥ளனக்கர் கள஬ யகளயில்கள் - யமக ஆய்வு (நதுமப
நீ ஦ளட்சழ யகளனில்)- தழருநம஬ ஥ளனக்கர் நலளல் - நசட்டி ஥ளடு யடுகள்,
ீ ஆங்கழய஬னர்
கள஬த்தழல் நதபளறழல் உள்஭ இந்யதள - சபநச஦ிக் கட்டிடக்கம஬ .

UNIT III உற்பத்தி ததொழில்நுட்பம் 3

கப்஧ல் கட்டும் கம஬ - உய஬ளகயினல் ஆய்வுகள் - இரும்புத் நதளமழல் - இரும்பு
உருகுதல், எஃகு - தளநழபம் நற்றும் தங்க ஥ளணனங்கள் யப஬ளற்஫ழன் ஆதளபநளக -
஥ளணனங்கள் அச்சழடுதல் - நணிகள் நசய்ம௃ம் நதளமழல்கள் கல் நணிகள் - கண்ணளடி
நணிகள் - நடபயகளட்டள நணிகள் - நரல் நணிகள் / எலும்பு துடிப்புகள் -
நதளல்ந஧ளருள் சளன்றுகள் சழ஬ப்஧தழகளபத்தழல் யியரிக்கப்஧ட்டுள்஭ பத்தழ஦க் கற்கள் .

UNIT IV விவசொ஬ம் ஫ற்றும் ெீ ர்ப்பொசன ததொழில்நுட்பம் 3

அமண, நதளட்டி, கு஭ங்கள், நதகு, யசளமர் கள஬ குநழமழ தூம்பு முக்கழனத்துயம்,
களல்஥மட ஧பளநரிப்பு- களல்஥மடகள் ஧னன்஧டுத்த யடியமநக்கப்஧ட்ட கழணறுகள் -
யியசளனம் நற்றும் யய஭ளண் நசன஬ளக்கம் - கடல் அ஫ழவு - நீ ன்ய஭ம் -
முத்து - சங்கு மடயிங் - கடல் ஧ற்஫ழன ஧ண்மடன அ஫ழவு - கடல் கு஫ழப்஧ிட்ட அ஫ழவு

UNIT V அமிவி஬ல் த஫ிழ் & த஫ிழ் கம்ப்யூட்டிங் 3

அ஫ழயினல் தநழழ் ய஭ர்ச்சழ – தநழழ் கணி஦ி – தநழழ் த௄ல்க஭ின் டிஜழட்டல் நனநளக்கல்
– தநழழ் நநன்ந஧ளருள் உருயளக்கம் – தநழழ் நநய்஥ழகர் அகளடநழ – தநழழ் டிஜழட்டல்
த௄஬கம் – இமணன தநழழ் அகபளதழகள் –நசளற்குமய தழட்டம்.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 35

 Department of CSE, PEC

தெக்ஸ்ட்-கம்-குமிப்பு
1. தநழமக யபந஬ளறு – நக்களும் ஧ண் ய஧ளடும் – கக.கக. ஧ிள்஭஭
2. கணி஦ித்தநழழ் – மூ஬யர்இ஬. சுந்தபம். (யிகடன் ஧ிபசுபம்).
3. கவ மடி – ய஭க ஥தழக்க஭பனில் சங்கநகள஬ ஥கப கரிகம்

4. தநழமர்க஭ின் சமூக யளழ்க்மக (Dr.KKPillay) TNTB & ESC நற்றும் RMRL

ஆகழனயற்஫ழன் கூட்டு நய஭ினீடு – (அச்சழல்)
5. தநழமர்க஭ின் சமூக யளழ்க்மக – நசம்நநளமழ கள஬ம் (டளக்டர்.எஸ்.சழங்களபயயலு)
(நய஭ினீடு :சர்யயதச தநழமளய்வு ஥ழறுய஦ம்.

HS23203 TAMILS AND TECHNOLOGY L T P C

1 0 0 1

UNIT I WEAVING AND CERAMIC TECHNOLOGY 3

Weaving Industry during Sangam Age – Ceramic technology – Black and Red Ware Potteries (BRW) –
Graffiti on Potteries.

UNIT II DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY 3

Designing and Structural construction House & Designs in household materials during Sangam Age –
Building materials and Hero stones of Sangam age – Details of Stage Constructions in Silappathikaram –
Sculptures and Temples of Mamallapuram – Great Temples of Cholas and other worship places – Temples of
Nayaka Period – Type study (Madurai Meenakshi Temple)- Thirumalai Nayakar Mahal – Chetti Nadu
Houses, Indo – Saracenic architecture at Madras during British Period.

UNIT III MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY 3

Art of Ship Building – Metallurgical studies – Iron industry – Iron smelting, steel -Copper and goldCoins as
source of history – Minting of Coins – Beads making- industries Stone beads -Glass beads – Terracotta beads
-Shell beads/ bone beats – Archeological evidences – Gem stone types described in Silappathikaram.

UNIT IV AGRICULTURE AND IRRIGATION TECHNOLOGY 3

Dam, Tank, ponds, Sluice, Significance of Kumizhi Thoompu of Chola Period, Animal Husbandry – Wells
designed for cattle use – Agriculture and Agro Processing – Knowledge of Sea – Fisheries – Pearl – Conche
diving – Ancient Knowledge of Ocean – Knowledge Specific Society.

UNIT V SCIENTIFIC TAMIL & TAMIL COMPUTING 3

Development of Scientific Tamil – Tamil computing – Digitalization of Tamil Books – Development of
Tamil Software – Tamil Virtual Academy – Tamil Digital Library – Online Tamil Dictionaries – Sorkuvai
Project.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 36

 Department of CSE, PEC

TEXT-CUM-REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Social Life of Tamils (Dr.K.K.Pillay) A joint publication of TNTB & ESC and RMRL – (in print)
2. Social Life of the Tamils – The Classical Period (Dr.S.Singaravelu) (Published by:
International Institute of Tamil Studies
3. Historical Heritage of the Tamils (Dr.S.V.Subatamanian, Dr.K.D. Thirunavukkarasu) (Published by:
International Institute of Tamil Studies).
4. The Contributions of the Tamils to Indian Culture (Dr.M.Valarmathi) (Published by: International
Institute of Tamil Studies.)
5. Keeladi – ‘Sangam City C ivilization on the banks of river Vaigai’ (Jointly Published by:
Department ofArchaeology & Tamil Nadu Text Book and Educational Services Corporation,
Tamil Nadu)

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 37

 Department of CSE, PEC

MA23202 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND TRANSFORM TECHNIQUES

L T P C
4 0 0 4

UNIT I ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (12)

Homogeneous linear ordinary differential equations of second order, linearity principle,
general solution-Particular integral- Operator method – Solution by variation of
parameters – Method of undetermined coefficients– Homogeneous equations of Euler-
Cauchy and Legendre’s type – System of simultaneous linear differential equations with
constant coefficients.

UNIT II PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (12)

Formation of partial differential equations - Singular integrals - Solutions of standard
types of first order partial differential equations - Lagrange’s linear equation - Linear
partial differential equations of second and higher order with constant coefficients of both
homogeneous and non- homogeneous types.

UNIT III FOURIER SERIES (12)

Dirichlet’s conditions – General Fourier series – Odd and even functions – Half-range
Sine and Cosine series – Complex form of Fourier series – Parseval’s Identity –Harmonic
Analysis.

UNIT IV FOURIER TRANSFORMS (12)

Fourier integral theorem – Fourier transform pair– Fourier Sine and Cosine transforms –
Properties –Transform of elementary functions – Convolution theorem(without proof) –
Parseval’s Identity.

UNIT V Z-TRANSFORMS (12)

Z-transform – Elementary properties – Inverse Z-transform – Convolution theorem –
Initial and Final value theorems – Formation of difference equation – Solution of
difference equation using Z-transform.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Solve higher order ordinary differential equations which arise in engineering applications.
CO2: Solve the partial differential equations in solving engineering problems.
CO3: Apply Fourier series techniques in engineering applications.
CO4: Understand the Fourier transform techniques in solving engineering problems.
CO5: Understand the Z-transforms techniques in solving difference equations.
TEXT BOOKS:

1. Grewal B.S., “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna Publishers, 44th

Edition, New Delhi, 2017.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, “ Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Wiley India Pvt Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2015.
Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 38
 Department of CSE, PEC

BE23201 BASIC ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

L T PC

3003

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

 To introduce the basics of electric circuits and analysis

 To impart knowledge in the basics of working principles and application of electrical machines

 To introduce analog devices and their characteristics

 To educate on the fundamental concepts of digital electronics

 To introduce the functional elements and working of measuring instruments

UNIT I ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS 9

DC Circuits: Circuit Components: Conductor, Resistor, Inductor, Capacitor – Ohm’s Law –

Kirchhoff’s Laws – Independent and Dependent Sources – Simple problems- Nodal
Analysis, Mesh analysis with Independent sources only (Steady state) Introduction to AC
Circuits and Parameters: Waveforms, Average value, RMS Value, Instantaneous power, real
power, reactive power and apparent power, power factor

UNIT II ELECTRICAL MACHINES 9

Construction and Working principle- DC Separately and Self excited Generators, EMF equation, Types
and Applications. Working Principle of DC motors, Torque Equation, Types and
Applications. Construction, Working principle and Applications of Transformer

UNIT III ANALOG ELECTRONICS 9

Resistor, Inductor and Capacitor in Electronic Circuits- Semiconductor Materials: Silicon

&Germanium – PN Junction Diodes, Zener Diode –Characteristics Applications – Bipolar Junction
Transistor-Biasing, JFET, SCR, MOSFET,IGBT – Types, I-V Characteristics and Applications

UNIT IV DIGITAL ELECTRONICS 9

Review of number systems, binary codes, error detection and correction codes, Combinational logic –
representation of logic functions-SOP and POS forms, K-map representations – minimization using K
maps (Simple Problems only)

UNIT V MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION 9

Functional elements of an instrument, Standards and calibration, Operating Principle, types -Moving
Coil and Moving Iron meters, Measurement of three phase power, Energy Meter, Instrument
Transformers-CT and PT, DSO- Block diagram- Data acquisition.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 39

 Department of CSE, PEC

COURSE OUTCOMES:

CO1: Students can able to compute the electric circuit parameters for simple problems
CO2: Students can able to understand the working principle and applications of electrical machines
CO3: Students can able to analyze the characteristics of analog electronic devices
CO4: Students can able to understand the basic concepts of digital electronics
CO5: Students can able to understand the operating principles of measuring instruments

CO/PO-PSO P P PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO PSO

O O2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 1 2 3
1
CO1 2 2 2 2 2

CO2 2 2 2 2 2
CO3 2 2 2 2 2
CO4 2 2 2 2 2
CO5 2 2 2 2 2

REFERENCES:

1.N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, A text book of Engineering Mathematics, Laxmi
Publications, Reprint, 2008.
2. Greenberg M.D., “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Pearson Education 2nd
Edition, 5th Reprint, Delhi.
3. Jain R. K. and Iyengar S.R.K., “Advance Engineering Mathematics”, Narosa Publications, 5th
Edition, New Delhi, 2017.
4. Peter V.O’Neil, “Advance Engineering Mathematics”, Cengage Learning India Pvt
Ltd, 7th Edition, New Delhi, 2012.
5. Ramana B. V., “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Tata Mcgraw Hill Co. Ltd., 11th
Reprint, New Delhi, 2010.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 40

 Department of CSE, PEC

CS23201 PROBLEM SOLVING USING C LT P C

3 0 0 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the constructs of C Language.
• To develop C Programs using basic programming constructs
• To develop C programs using arrays and strings
• To develop modular applications in C using functions
• To develop applications in C using pointers and structures
• To do input/output and file handling in C

UNIT I BASICS OF C PROGRAMMING 9

Introduction to programming paradigms – Applications of C Language - Structure of C program
- C programming: Data Types - Constants – Enumeration Constants - Keywords – Operators:Precedence
and Associativity - Expressions - Input/Output statements, Assignment statements
–Decision making statements - Switch statement - Looping statements – Preprocessordirectives -
Compilation process

UNIT II ARRAYS AND STRINGS 9

Introduction to Arrays: Declaration, Initialization – One dimensional array –Two dimensional arrays -
String operations: length, compare, concatenate, copy – Selection sort, linear and binary search.

UNIT III FUNCTIONS AND POINTERS 9

Modular programming - Function prototype, function definition, function call, Built-in functions (string
functions, math functions) – Recursion, Binary Search using recursive functions – Pointers – Pointer
operators – Pointer arithmetic – Arrays and pointers – Array of pointers – Parameter passing: Pass by
value, Pass by reference.

UNIT IV STRUCTURES AND UNION 9

Structure - Nested structures – Pointer and Structures – Array of structures – Self referential structures –
Dynamic memory allocation - Singly linked list – typedef – Union - Storage classesand Visibility.

UNIT V FILE PROCESSING 9

Files – Types of file processing: Sequential access, Random access – Sequential access file - Random
access file - Command line arguments.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 41

 Department of CSE, PEC

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Demonstrate knowledge on C Programming constructs
CO2: Develop simple applications in C using basic constructs
CO3: Design and implement applications using arrays and strings
CO4: Develop and implement modular applications in C using functions.
CO5: Develop applications in C using structures and pointers.
CO6: Design applications using sequential and random access file processing.
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. ReemaThareja, “Programming in C”, Oxford University Press, Second Edition, 2016.
2. Kernighan, B.W and Ritchie,D.M, “The C Programming language”,
Second Edition, Pearson Education, 2015.

REFERENCES:
1. Paul Deitel and Harvey Deitel, “C How to Program with an Introduction to C++”,
Eighth edition, Pearson Education, 2018.
2. Yashwant Kanetkar, Let us C, 17th Edition, BPB Publications, 2020.
3. Byron S. Gottfried, “Schaum’s Outline of Theory and Problems of
Programming with C”,McGraw-Hill Education, 1996.
4. Pradip Dey, Manas Ghosh, “Computer Fundamentals and Programming in C”, Second
5. Edition, Oxford University Press, 2013.
6. Anita Goel and Ajay Mittal, “Computer Fundamentals and Programming in
C”, 1stEdition, Pearson Education, 2013.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO PSO

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 1 2 3
1 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 - 3 2 1 2 -
2 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 - 3 3 2 2 -
3 2 3 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 - 3 2 2 2 -
4 3 2 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 - 3 3 2 2 -
5 2 3 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 - 3 2 2 3 -
6 2 2 3 2 1 2 - - 2 1 2 2 2 2
CO 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 - 3 2 2 2 -

1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 42

 Department of CSE, PEC

LES23201 ENGINEERING PRACTICES LABORATORY L T P C

0 0 3 1.5

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

The main learning objective of this course is to provide hands on training to the students in:
1. Drawing pipe line plan; laying and connecting various pipe fittings used in common household
plumbing work; Sawing; planing; making joints in wood materials used in common household wood
work.
2. Wiring various electrical joints in common household electrical wire work.
3. Welding various joints in steel plates using arc welding work; Machining various simple processes like
turning, drilling, tapping in parts; Assembling simple mechanical assembly of common household
equipments; Making a tray out of metal sheet using sheet metal work.
4. Soldering and testing simple electronic circuits; Assembling and testing simple electronic components
on PCB.

GROUP – A (CIVIL & MECHANICAL)

PART I CIVIL ENGINEERING PRACTICES 15

PLUMBING WORK:
a) Connecting various basic pipe fittings like valves, taps, coupling, unions, reducers,
elbows and other components which are commonly used in household.
b) Preparing plumbing line sketches.
c) Laying pipe connection to the suction side of a pump
d) Laying pipe connection to the delivery side of a pump.
e) Connecting pipes of different materials: Metal, plastic and flexible pipes used in
household appliances.
WOOD WORK:
a) Sawing,
b) Planing and
c) Making joints like T-Joint, Mortise joint and Tenon joint and Dovetail joint.
WOOD WORK STUDY:
a) Studying joints in door panels and wooden furniture
b) Studying common industrial trusses using models.

PART II MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PRACTICES 15

WELDING WORK:
a) Welding of Butt Joints, Lap Joints, and Tee Joints using arc welding.
b) Practicing gas welding.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 43

 Department of CSE, PEC

BASIC MACHINING WORK:

a) (simple)Turning.
b) (simple)Drilling.
c) (simple)Tapping.
SHEET METAL WORK:
a) Making of a square tray

GROUP – B (ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS)

PART III ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PRACTICES 15

a) Introduction to switches, fuses, indicators and lamps - Basic switch boardwiring with
lamp, fan and three pin socket
b) Staircase wiring
c) Fluorescent Lamp wiring with introduction to CFL and LED types.
d) Energy meter wiring and related calculations/ calibration
e) Study of Iron Box wiring and assembly
f) Study of Fan Regulator (Resistor type and Electronic type using
Diac/Triac/quadrac)
g) Study of emergency lamp wiring/Water heater

PART IV ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING PRACTICES 15

a) Soldering simple electronic circuits and checking

continuity.
b) Study of Active and Passive Components.
c) Study of Logic Circuits.
d) Making simple circuit using Electronic
Components.
e) Measuring of parameters of a signal using CRO.
TOTAL : 60 PERIODS

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to:
1. Draw pipe line plan; lay and connect various pipe fittings used in common household plumbing work;
Saw; plan; make joints in wood materials used in common household wood work.
2. Weld various joints in steel plates using arc welding work; Machine various simple processes like
turning, drilling, tapping in parts; Assemble simple mechanical assembly ofcommon household
equipments; Make a tray out of metal sheet using sheet metal work.
3. Wire various electrical joints in common household electrical wire work.
4. Solder and test simple electronic circuits.

Special points applicable to University Examinations on Engineering Practices Laboratory

There will be two questions; students have to select one question from Group A and another from
Group B
Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 44
 Department of CSE, PEC

LCS23201 PROBLEM SOLVING USING C LABORATORY LT P C

0 0 3 1.5

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To familiarise with C programming constructs.
• To develop programs in C using basic constructs.
• To develop programs in C using arrays.
• To develop applications in C using strings, pointers, functions.
• To develop applications in C using structures.
• To develop applications in C using file processing.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

Note: The lab instructor is expected to design problems based on the topics listed. The
Examination shall not be restricted to the sample experiments designed.
1. I/O statements, operators, expressions
2. decision-making constructs: if-else, goto, switch-case, break-continue
3. Loops: for, while, do-while
4. Arrays: 1D and 2D, Multi-dimensional arrays, traversal
5. Strings: operations
6. Functions: call, return, passing parameters by (value, reference), passing arrays to
function. 7. Recursion
8. Pointers: Pointers to functions, Arrays,Strings, Pointers to Pointers, Array of Pointers
9. Structures: Nested Structures, Pointers to Structures, Arrays of Structures and Unions.
10. Files: reading and writing, File pointers, file operations, random access, processor
directives.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Demonstrate knowledge on C programming constructs.
CO2: Develop programs in C using basic constructs.
CO3: Develop programs in C using arrays.
CO4: Develop applications in C using strings, pointers, functions.
CO5: Develop applications in C using structures.
CO6: Develop applications in C using file processing.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. ReemaThareja, “Programming in C”, Oxford University Press, Second Edition, 2016.
2. Kernighan, B.W and Ritchie,D.M, “The C Programming language”, Second Edition,
Pearson Education, 2015.
Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 45
 Department of CSE, PEC

REFERENCES:
1. Paul Deitel and Harvey Deitel, “C How to Program with an Introduction to
C++”, Eighth edition, Pearson Education, 2018.
2. Yashwant Kanetkar, Let us C, 17th Edition, BPB Publications, 2020.
3. Byron S. Gottfried, "Schaum's Outline of Theory and Problems of
Programming with C", McGraw-Hill Education, 1996.
4. Pradip Dey, Manas Ghosh, “Computer Fundamentals and Programming in C”, Second
5. Edition, Oxford University Press, 2013.
6. Anita Goel and Ajay Mittal, “Computer Fundamentals and Programming
in C”, 1stEdition, Pearson Education, 2013.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO PO PO1 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
8 9 0
1 1 3 3 1 1 1 - - 2 1 2 2 2 2
2 2 3 3 2 1 1 - - 2 1 2 2 2 3
3 2 2 2 1 1 2 - - 2 - 2 2 2 2
4 2 2 2 2 1 2 - - 3 - 3 3 3 2
5 2 2 3 2 3 2 - - 3 - 3 3 3 3
6 2 2 3 2 1 2 - - 2 1 2 2 2 2
Avg 2 2 3 2 1 2 - - 2 1 2 2 2 2

1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 46

 Department of CSE, PEC

MA23303 DISCRETE MATHEMATICS

L T P C

4 0 0 4

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

 To extend student’s logical and mathematical maturity and ability to deal with abstraction
 To introduce most of the basic terminologies used in computer science courses and
application of ideas to solve practical problems
 To understand the basic concepts of combinatorics and graph theory
 To familiarize the applications of algebraic structures
 To understand the concepts and significance of lattices and boolean algebra which are
widely used in computer science and engineering.

UNIT I LOGIC AND PROOFS (12)

Propositional logic – Propositional equivalences - Predicates and quantifiers – Nested quantifiers

– Rules of inference - Introduction to proofs – Proof methods and strategy.

UNIT II COMBINATORICS (12)

Mathematical induction – Strong induction and well ordering – The basics of counting – The
pigeonhole principle – Permutations and combinations – Recurrence relations – Solving linear
recurrence relations – Generating functions – Inclusion and exclusion principle and its
applications.

UNIT III GRAPHS (12)

Graphs and graph models – Graph terminology and special types of graphs – Matrix
representation of graphs and graph isomorphism – Connectivity – Euler and Hamilton paths.

UNIT IV ALGEBRAIC STRUCTURES (12)

Algebraic systems – Semi groups and monoids - Groups – Subgroups – Homomorphism’s –

Normal subgroup and cosets – Lagrange’s theorem – Definitions and examples of Rings and
Fields.

UNIT V LATTICES AND BOOLEAN ALGEBRA (12)

Partial ordering – Posets – Lattices as posets – Properties of lattices - Lattices as algebraic

systems – Sub lattices – Direct product and homomorphism – Some special lattices – Boolean
algebra – Sub Boolean Algebra – Boolean Homomorphism.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 47

 Department of CSE, PEC

TOTAL: 60 PERIODS

COURSE OUTCOMES:

At the end of the course, students would :

1. Have knowledge of the concepts needed to test the logic of a program.
2. Have an understanding in identifying structures on many levels.
3. Be aware of a class of functions which transform a finite set into another finite set which
relates to input and output functions in computer science.
4. Be aware of the counting principles.
5. Be exposed to concepts and properties of algebraic structures such as groups, rings and
fields.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Rosen. K.H., "Discrete Mathematics and its Applications", 7th Edition, Tata McGrawHill
Pub. Co. Ltd., New Delhi, Special Indian Edition, 2017
2. Tremblay. J.P. and Manohar. R, "Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to
Computer Science", Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co. Ltd, New Delhi, 30th Reprint, 2011.

REFERENCES:
1. Grimaldi. R.P. "Discrete and Combinatorial Mathematics: An Applied Introduction"5 th
Edition, Pearson Education Asia, Delhi, 2013.
2. Koshy. T. "Discrete Mathematics with Applications", Elsevier Publications, 2006
3. Lipschutz. S. and Mark Lipson., "Discrete Mathematics", Schaum’s Outlines, Tata
McGrawHill Pub. Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 3rd Edition, 2010.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 48

 Department of CSE, PEC

CS23301 DIGITAL PRINCIPLES AND COMPUTER ORGANIZATION L T P C

3 0 2 4

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To analyze and design combinational circuits.
 To analyze and design sequential circuits
 To understand the basic structure and operation of a digital computer.
 To study the design of data path unit, control unit for processor and to familiarize with
the hazards.
 To understand the concept of various memories and I/O interfacing.
UNIT I: Combinational Logic 9
Combinational Circuits – Karnaugh Map - Analysis and Design Procedures – Binary Adder
–Subtractor – Decimal Adder - Magnitude Comparator – Decoder – Encoder – Multiplexers -
Demultiplexers

UNIT II: Synchronous Sequential logic 9

Introduction to Sequential Circuits – Flip-Flops – operation and excitation tables, Triggering
of FF, Analysis and design of clocked sequential circuits – Design – Moore/Mealy models,
state minimization, state assignment, circuit implementation - Registers – Counters.

UNIT III: Computer Fundamentals 9

Functional Units of a Digital Computer: Von Neumann Architecture – Operation and
Operands of Computer Hardware Instruction – Instruction Set Architecture (ISA): Memory
Location, Address and Operation – Instruction and Instruction Sequencing – Addressing
Modes, Encoding of Machine Instruction – Interaction between Assembly and High-Level
Language.

UNIT IV: Processor 9

Instruction Execution – Building a Data Path – Designing a Control Unit – Hardwired
Control, Microprogrammed Control – Pipelining – Data Hazard – Control Hazards.

UNIT V: Memory and I/O 9

Memory Concepts and Hierarchy – Memory Management – Cache Memories: Mapping and
Replacement Techniques – Virtual Memory – DMA – I/O – Accessing I/O: Parallel and
Serial Interface – Interrupt I/O – Interconnection Standards: USB, SATA
45 PERIODS

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 49

 Department of CSE, PEC

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1 : Design various combinational digital circuits using logic gates
CO2 : Design sequential circuits and analyze the design procedures
CO3 : State the fundamentals of computer systems and analyze the execution of an
instruction
CO4 : Analyze different types of control design and identify hazards
CO5 : Identify the characteristics of various memory systems and I/O communication

TEXT BOOKS:
1. M. Morris Mano, Michael D. Ciletti, “Digital Design : With an Introduction to the Verilog
HDL,VHDL, and System Verilog”, Sixth Edition, Pearson Education, 2018.
2. David A. Patterson, John L. Hennessy, “Computer Organization and Design, The
Hardware/Software Interface”, Sixth Edition, Morgan Kaufmann/Elsevier, 2020.
REFERENCES:
1. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic, Safwat Zaky, Naraig Manjikian, “Computer
Organization and Embedded Systems”, Sixth Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2012.
2. William Stallings, “Computer Organization and Architecture – Designing for
Performance”,
Tenth Edition, Pearson Education, 2016.
3. M. Morris Mano, “Digital Logic and Computer Design”, Pearson Education, 2016.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 50

 Department of CSE, PEC

CS23302 DATA STRUCTURE LTPC

3 0 0 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

To understand the concepts of ADTs.

To Learn linear data structures – lists, stacks, and queues.
To understand non-linear data structures – trees and graphs.
To understand sorting, searching and hashing algorithms.
To apply Tree and Graph structures

UNIT 1 List 9

Abstract Data Types (ADTs) – List ADT – Array-based implementation – Linked list
implementation – Singly linked lists – Circularly linked lists – Doubly-linked lists – Applications
of lists – Polynomial ADT – Radix Sort – Multilists.

UNIT II Stacks and Queues 9

Stack ADT – Operations – Applications – Balancing Symbols – Evaluating arithmetic expressions-

Infix to Postfix conversion – Function Calls – Queue ADT – Operations – Circular Queue –
DeQueue – Applications of Queues.

UNIT III Trees 9

Tree ADT – Tree Traversals - Binary Tree ADT – Expression trees – Binary Search Tree ADT –
AVL Trees – Priority Queue (Heaps) – Binary Heap.

UNIT IV Search trees and Graphs 9

B-Tree – B+ Tree – Graph Definition – Representation of Graphs – Types of Graph - Breadth-first

traversal – Depth-first traversal –– Bi-connectivity – Euler circuits – Topological Sort – Dijkstra’s
algorithm – Minimum Spanning Tree – Prim’s algorithm – Kruskal’s algorithm

UNIT V Searching and Sorting on Data Structures 9

Searching – Linear Search – Binary Search. Sorting – Bubble sort – Selection sort – Insertion
sort – Shell sort –. Merge Sort – Hashing – Hash Functions – Separate Chaining – Open
Addressing –Rehashing – Extendible Hashing.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 51

 Department of CSE, PEC

COURSE OUTCOMES:

At the end of this course, the students will be able to:

CO1: Define linear and non-linear data structures.
CO2: Implement linear and non–linear data structure operations.
CO3: Use appropriate linear/non–linear data structure operations for solving a given problem.
CO4: Apply appropriate graph algorithms for graph applications.
CO5: Analyze the various searching and sorting algorithms.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Mark Allen Weiss, Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C, 2nd Edition, Pearson
Education, 2005.
1. Kamthane, Introduction to Data Structures in C, 1st Edition, Pearson Education, 2007

REFERENCES
1. Langsam, Augenstein and Tanenbaum, Data Structures Using C and C++, 2nd Edition,
Pearson Education, 2015.
2. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L.Rivest, Clifford Stein, Introduction
to Algorithms", Fourth Edition, Mcgraw Hill/ MIT Press, 2022.
3. Alfred V. Aho, Jeffrey D. Ullman,John E. Hopcroft ,Data Structures and Algorithms, 1st
edition, Pearson, 2002.
4. Kruse, Data Structures and Program Design in C, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2006.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 52

 Department of CSE, PEC

CS23303 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING L T P C

3 0 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To understand Object Oriented Programming concepts and basics of Java programming
language
To know the principles of packages, inheritance and interfaces
To develop a java application with threads and generics classes
To define exceptions and use I/O streams
To design and build Graphical User Interface Application using JAVAFX

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO OOP AND JAVA 9

Overview of OOP – Object oriented programming paradigms – Features of Object Oriented
Programming – Java Buzzwords – Overview of Java – Data Types, Variables and Arrays – Operators
– Control Statements – Programming Structures in Java – Defining classes in Java – Constructors-
Methods -Access specifiers - Static members- Java Doc comments
UNIT II INHERITANCE, PACKAGES AND INTERFACES 9
Overloading Methods – Objects as Parameters – Returning Objects –Static, Nested and Inner
Classes. Inheritance: Basics– Types of Inheritance -Super keyword -Method Overriding – Dynamic
Method Dispatch –Abstract Classes – final with Inheritance. Packages and Interfaces: Packages –
Packages and Member Access –Importing Packages – Interfaces.

UNIT III EXCEPTION HANDLING AND MULTITHREADING 9

Exception Handling basics – Multiple catch Clauses – Nested try Statements – Java’s Built-in
Exceptions – User defined Exception. Multithreaded Programming: Java Thread Model–Creating a
Thread and Multiple Threads – Priorities – Synchronization – Inter Thread Communication-
Suspending –Resuming, and Stopping Threads.
UNIT IV I/O, GENERICS, STRING HANDLING 9
I/O Basics – Reading and Writing Console I/O – Reading and Writing Files. Generics: Generic
Programming – Generic classes – Generic Methods – Bounded Types – Restrictions and Limitations.
Strings: Basic String class, methods and String Buffer Class.
UNIT V JAVAFX EVENT HANDLING, CONTROLS AND COMPONENTS 9
JAVAFX Events and Controls: Event Basics – Handling Key and Mouse Events. Controls: Checkbox,
ToggleButton – RadioButtons – ListView – ComboBox – ChoiceBox – Text Controls – ScrollPane.
Layouts – FlowPane – HBox and VBox – BorderPane – StackPane – GridPane. Menus
– Basics – Menu – Menu bars – MenuItem.
TOTAL:45 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1:Apply the concepts of classes and objects to solve simple problems
CO2:Develop programs using inheritance, packages and interfaces
CO3:Make use of exception handling mechanisms and multithreaded model to solve real world
problems
CO4:Build Java applications with I/O packages, string classes, Collections and generics concepts
CO5:Integrate the concepts of event handling and JavaFX components and controls for developing
GUI based applications
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Herbert Schildt, “Java: The Complete Reference”, 11 th
Edition, McGraw Hill Education, New
Delhi, 2019

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 53

 Department of CSE, PEC
2. Herbert Schildt, “Introducing JavaFX 8 Programming”, 1 Edition, McGraw Hill Education, New
st

Delhi, 2015

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 1 1 3 1 3 - - - 3 2 2 2 3 1 2
2 2 1 3 2 1 - - - 2 1 1 3 3 3 2
3 3 3 1 2 2 - - - 3 2 1 2 3 1 3
4 3 1 2 2 2 - - - 1 2 1 3 3 1 1
5 1 1 2 3 2 - - - 3 2 1 2 3 3 3
AVg. 2 1 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 1 2 3 2 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-“- no correlation

REFERENCE:
1. Cay S. Horstmann, “Core Java Fundamentals”, Volume 1, 11 th Edition, Prentice Hall,
2018.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 54

 Department of CSE, PEC

AD23301 DATA SCIENCE USING PYTHON LT PC

30 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To Understand the fundamentals of Python Programming
 To utilize the Python libraries for Data Wrangling and manipulation.
 To understand the data science fundamentals and process and
 To describe the data for the data science process.
 To learn to describe the relationship between data.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO PYTHON 9

Python Basics- Types -Expressions and Variables-String Operations-Python Data Structures
:Lists-Tuples-Sets-Dictionaries- Basics of Numpy arrays –aggregations –computations on arrays
–comparisons, masks, boolean logic – fancy indexing – structured arrays – Data manipulation
with Pandas – data indexing and selection – operating on data – missing data – Hierarchical
indexing – combining datasets – aggregation and grouping – pivot tables

UNIT II Data Manipulation with Pandas 9

Introducing Pandas Objects-Data Indexing and Selection-Operating on Data in Pandas-Handling
Missing Data-Hierarchical Indexing-Combining Datasets: Concat and Append-Combining
Datasets: Merge and Join-Aggregation and Grouping-Pivot Tables-Vectorized String Operations-
Working with Time Series-High-Performance Pandas: -val() and query()

UNIT III INTRODUCTION 9

Data Science: Benefits and uses – facets of data - Data Science Process: Overview – Defining
research goals – Retrieving data – Data preparation - Exploratory Data analysis – build the
model– presenting findings and building applications - Data Mining - Data Warehousing – Basic
Statistical descriptions of Data

UNIT V DESCRIBING DATA 9

Types of Data – Types of Variables -Describing Data with Tables and Graphs –Describing Data
with Averages – Describing Variability – Normal Distributions and Standard (z) Scores

UNIT V DESCRIBING RELATIONSHIPS 9

Correlation –Scatter plots –correlation coefficient for quantitative data –computational formula
for correlation coefficient – Regression –regression line –least squares regression line – Standard
error of estimate – interpretation of r2 –multiple regression equations –regression towards the
mean.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Understand the fundamentalsof pythonprogramming
CO2: Use the Python Libraries for Data Manipulation.
CO3: Define the data science process.
CO4: understand different types of data description for data science process
CO5: Gain knowledge on relationships between data
TOTAL:45 PERIODS

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 55

 Department of CSE, PEC

TEXT BOOKS

1.Allen B. Downey, “Think Python: How to Think like a Computer Scientist”,2nd Edition,
O’Reilly Publishers, 2016.
2.Jake VanderPlas, “Python Data Science Handbook”, O’Reilly, 2016. (Units II)
3.David Cielen, Arno D. B. Meysman, and Mohamed Ali, “Introducing Data Science”, Manning
Publications, 2016. (Unit III)
4. Robert S. Witte and John S. Witte, “Statistics”, Eleventh Edition, Wiley Publications, 2017.
(Units IV and V)

REFERENCES:
1. Allen B. Downey, “Think Stats: Exploratory Data Analysis in Python”, Green Tea Press,2014
2. Paul Deitel and Harvey Deitel, “Python for Programmers”, Pearson Education, 1st
Edition, 2021.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 56

 Department of CSE, PEC

LCS23301 DATA STRUCTURE LAB LTPC

0 0 3 1.5

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

 To demonstrate array implementation of linear data structure algorithms.

 To implement the applications using Stack.
 To implement the applications using Linked list
 To implement Binary search tree and AVL tree algorithms.
 To implement the Heap algorithm.
 To implement Dijkstra’s algorithm.
 To implement Prim’s algorithm
 To implement Sorting, Searching and Hashing algorithms.

LIST OF EXERCISES:

1. Array implementation of List ADTs

2. Linked List implementation of list ADTs.
3. Array implementation of STACK and Queue ADTs
4. Linked list implementation of Stack and Linear Queue ADTs
5. Application of list - Polynomial Manipulation
6. Application of list – Infix to postfix conversion and Expression Evaluation.
7. Implementation of Binary Trees and operation.
8. Implementation of Binary Search Trees
9. Implementation of AVL Trees
10. Implementation of Heaps using Priority Queues
11. Implementation of Dijkstra’s Algorithm
12. Implementation of Prim’s Algorithm
13. Implementation of Linear Search and Binary Search
14. Implementation of Insertion Sort and Selection Sort
15. Implementation of Merge Sort
TOTAL:45 PERIODS

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Implement Abstract datatypes for list.
CO2: Implement applications using Stacks and Linked lists
CO3: Implement Binary Search tree and AVL tree operations.
CO4: Implement graph representation and solve real world applications.
CO5: Implementing the various searching and sorting algorithms.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 57

 Department of CSE, PEC

LCS23302 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING LABORATORY L T P C

0 0 3 1.5
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To build software development skills using java programming for real-world applications.
 To understand and apply the concepts of classes, packages, interfaces, inheritance,
exception handling and file processing.
 To develop applications using generic programming and event handling
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
1. Solve problems by using sequential search, binary search, and quadratic sorting algorithms
(selection, insertion)
2. Develop stack and queue data structures using classes and objects.
3. Develop a java application with an Employee class with Emp_name, Emp_id, Address,
Mail_id, Mobile_no as members. Inherit the classes, Programmer, Assistant Professor,
Associate Professor and Professor from employee class. Add Basic Pay (BP) as the
member of all the inherited classes with 97% of BP as DA, 10 % of BP as HRA, 12% of
BP as PF, 0.1% of BP for staff club funds. Generate pay slips for the employees with their
gross and net salary.
4. Write a Java Program to create an abstract class named Shape that contains two integers
and an empty method named printArea(). Provide three classes named Rectangle, Triangle
and Circle such that each one of the classes extends the class Shape. Each one of the
classes contains only the method printArea( ) that prints the area of the given shape.
5. Solve the above problem using an interface.
6. Implement exception handling and creation of user defined exceptions.
7. Write a java program that implements a multi-threaded application that has three
threads. First thread generates a random integer every 1 second and if the value is even,
the second thread computes the square of the number and prints. If the value is odd, the
third thread will print the value of the cube of the number.
8. Write a program to perform file operations.
9. Develop applications to demonstrate the features of generics classes.
10. Develop applications using JavaFX controls, layouts and menus.
11. Develop a mini project for any application using Java concepts.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1 : Design and develop java programs using object oriented programming concepts
CO2 : Develop simple applications using object oriented concepts such as package, exceptions
CO3: Implement multithreading, and generics concepts
CO4 : Create GUIs and event driven programming applications for real world problems
CO5: Implement and deploy web applications using Java
CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 2 1 2 1 - - - - 1 2 2 2 1 2 3
2 2 1 3 1 - - - - 2 3 3 2 1 3 1
3 2 2 1 2 1 - - - 1 2 1 3 2 3 2
4 2 2 1 3 - - - - 3 1 1 1 2 1 2
5 1 3 3 1 3 - - - 1 1 1 1 2 1 2
AVg. 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-“- no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 58

 Department of CSE, PEC

LAD23301 Data Science using Python Laboratory LT P C 0 0 3 1.5

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

 To understand the python libraries for data science

 To understand the basic Statistical and Probability measures for data science.
 To learn descriptive analytics on the benchmark data sets.
 To apply correlation and regression analytics on standard data sets.
 To present and interpret data using visualization packages in Python.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Download, install and explore the features of NumPy, SciPy, Jupyter, Statsmodels and Pandas
packages.
2. Working with simple programs on python
3.Working with Numpy arrays
4. Working with Pandas data frames
5. Reading data from text files, Excel and the web and exploring various commands for doing
descriptive analytics on the Iris data set.
6. Use the diabetes data set from UCI and Pima Indians Diabetes data set for performing the
following:
a. Univariate analysis: Frequency, Mean, Median, Mode, Variance, Standard Deviation,
Skewness and Kurtosis.
b. Bivariate analysis: Linear and logistic regression modeling
c. Multiple Regression analysis
d. Also compare the results of the above analysis for the two data sets.
7. Apply and explore various plotting functions on UCI data sets.
a. Normal curves
b. Density and contour plots
c. Correlation and scatter plots
d. Histograms
e. Three dimensional plotting
8. Visualizing Geographic Data with Basemap

TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:

At the end of this course, the students will be able to:

CO1: Make use of the python libraries for data science
CO2: Make use of the basic Statistical and Probability measures for data science.
CO3: Perform descriptive analytics on the benchmark data sets.
CO4: Perform correlation and regression analytics on standard data sets
CO5: Present and interpret data using visualization packages in Python.

59
Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E. - CSE | R023
 Department of CSE, PEC

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 60

59
 Department of CSE, PEC

CS23401 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS LTPC

3003
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To learn the fundamentals of data models, relational algebra and SQL
• To represent a database system using ER diagrams and to learn normalization techniques
• To understand the fundamental concepts of transaction, concurrency and recovery processing
• To understand the internal storage structures using different file and indexing techniques which will help in
physical DB design
• To have an introductory knowledge about the Distributed databases, NOSQL and database security

UNIT I RELATIONAL DATABASES 10

Purpose of Database System – Views of data – Data Models – Database System Architecture – Introduction to
relational databases – Relational Model – Keys – Relational Algebra – SQL fundamentals – Advanced SQL
features – Embedded SQL– Dynamic SQL
UNIT II DATABASE DESIGN 8
Entity-Relationship model – E-R Diagrams – Enhanced-ER Model – ER-to-Relational Mapping – Functional
Dependencies – Non-loss Decomposition – First, Second, Third Normal Forms, Dependency Preservation –
Boyce/Codd Normal Form – Multi-valued Dependencies and Fourth Normal Form – Join Dependencies and
Fifth Normal Form
UNIT III TRANSACTIONS 9

Transaction Concepts – ACID Properties – Schedules – Serializability – Transaction support in SQL - Need for
Concurrency – Concurrency control –Two Phase Locking- Timestamp – Multiversion – Validation and Snapshot
isolation– Multiple Granularity locking – Deadlock Handling – Recovery Concepts – Recovery based on
deferred and immediate update – Shadow paging – ARIES Algorithm
UNIT IV IMPLEMENTATION TECHNIQUES 9

RAID – File Organization – Organization of Records in Files – Data dictionary Storage – Column Oriented
Storage– Indexing and Hashing –Ordered Indices – B+ tree Index Files – B tree Index Files – Static Hashing –
Dynamic Hashing – Query Processing Overview – Algorithms for Selection, Sorting and join operations – Query
optimization using Heuristics - Cost Estimation.
UNIT V ADVANCED TOPICS 9
Distributed Databases: Architecture, Data Storage, Transaction Processing, Query processing and optimization
– NOSQL Databases: Introduction – CAP Theorem – Document Based systems – Key value Stores – Column
Based Systems – Graph Databases- Database Security: Security issues – Access control based on privileges –
Role Based access control – SQL Injection – Statistical Database security – Flow control – Encryption and
Public Key infrastructures – Challenges
TOTAL PERIODS:45
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1: Construct SQL Queries using relational algebra
CO2: Design database using ER model and normalize the database
CO3: Construct queries to handle transaction processing and maintain consistency of the database
CO4: Compare and contrast various indexing strategies and apply the knowledge to tune theperformance of the
database
CO5: Appraise how advanced databases differ from Relational Databases and find a suitable database for the
given requirement.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F. Korth, S. Sudharshan, “Database System Concepts”, Seventh

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 61

 Department of CSE, PEC

Edition, McGraw Hill, 2020.

2. Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, SeventhEdition,
Pearson Education, 2017

REFERENCES:
1. C.J.Date, A.Kannan, S.Swamynathan, “An Introduction to Database Systems”, Eighth Edition,Pearson
Education, 2006.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 62

 Department of CSE, PEC

CS23402 COMPUTER NETWORKS L T P C

3 0 2 4

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand the concept of layering in networks.
 To know the functions of protocols of each layer of TCP/IP protocol suite.
 To visualize the end-to-end flow of information.
 To learn the functions of network layer and the various routing protocols
 To familiarize the functions and protocols of the Transport layer

UNIT I INTRODUCTION AND APPLICATION LAYER

10
Data Communication - Networks – Network Types – Protocol Layering – TCP/IP Protocol suite – OSI Model –
Introduction to Sockets - Application Layer protocols: HTTP – FTP – Email protocols (SMTP - POP3 - IMAP
- MIME) – DNS – SNMP

UNIT II TRANSPORT LAYER 9

Introduction - Transport-Layer Protocols: UDP – TCP: Connection Management – Flow control - Congestion
Control - Congestion avoidance (DECbit, RED) – SCTP – Quality of Service

UNIT III NETWORK LAYER

7
Switching : Packet Switching - Internet protocol - IPV4 – IP Addressing – Subnetting - IPV6, ARP, RARP,
ICMP, DHCP

UNIT IV ROUTING
7
Routing and protocols: Unicast routing - Distance Vector Routing - RIP - Link State Routing – OSPF-Path-vector
routing - BGP - Multicast Routing: DVMRP – PIM.

UNIT V DATA LINK AND PHYSICAL LAYERS

12
Data Link Layer – Framing – Flow control – Error control – Data-Link Layer Protocols – HDLC –PPP - Media
Access Control – Ethernet Basics – CSMA/CD – Virtual LAN – Wireless LAN (802.11) - Physical Layer: Data
and Signals - Performance – Transmission media- Switching –Circuit Switching.
TOTAL PERIODS:45
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO 1: Explain the basic layers and its functions in computer networks.
CO 2: Understand the basics of how data flows from one node to another.
CO 3: Analyze routing algorithms.
CO 4: Describe protocols for various functions in the network.
CO 5: Analyze the working of various application layer protocols.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross, Computer Networking, A Top-Down Approach Featuring the
Internet, Eighth Edition, Pearson Education, 2021.
2. Behrouz A. Forouzan, Data Communications and Networking with TCP/IP Protocol Suite, Sixth
Edition TMH, 2022

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 63

 Department of CSE, PEC

REFERENCES:
1. Larry L. Peterson, Bruce S. Davie, Computer Networks: A Systems Approach, Fifth Edition,
Morgan Kaufmann Publishers Inc., 2012.
2. William Stallings, Data and Computer Communications, Tenth Edition, Pearson Education,2013.
3. Nader F. Mir, Computer and Communication Networks, Second Edition, Prentice Hall, 2014.
4. Ying-Dar Lin, Ren-Hung Hwang, Fred Baker, “Computer Networks: An Open SourceApproach”, McGraw
Hill, 2012.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 64

 Department of CSE, PEC

CS23403 OPERATING SYSTEM LTPC

3 0 2 4

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

● To understand the basics and functions of operating systems.

● To understand processes and threads
● To analyze scheduling algorithms and process synchronization.
● To understand the concept of deadlocks.
● To analyze various memory management schemes.
● To be familiar with I/O management and file systems.
● To be familiar with the basics of virtual machines and Mobile OS like iOS and Android.

UNIT 1: Introduction to OS and System Structure 6

Introduction: Concept of Operating Systems (OS), Generations of OS, Types of OS, OS Structures,
OS Services, User Operating System Interface, Interrupt handling and System Calls, Design and
Implementation - Structuring methods.

UNIT 2: Process Management and Scheduling Algorithms 12

Processes - Process Concept - Process Scheduling - Operations on Processes - Inter-process

Communication; CPU Scheduling - Scheduling criteria - Scheduling algorithms: primitive & non
primitive scheduling, FCFS, SJF, RR, Threads - Multithread Models – Threading issues; Process
Synchronization - The Critical-Section problem - Synchronization hardware – Semaphores –
Mutex - Classical problems of synchronization - Monitors; Deadlock - Methods for handling
deadlocks, Deadlock prevention, Deadlock avoidance, Deadlock detection, Recovery from
deadlock.

UNIT 3: Memory Management 10

Memory Management: Basic concept, Logical and Physical address maps, Memory allocation:
Contiguous Memory allocation – Fixed and variable partition– Internal and External fragmentation
and Compaction. Virtual Memory: Basics of Virtual Memory – Hardware and control structures
– Locality of reference, Page allocation, Partitioning, Paging, Page fault, Working Set,
Segmentation, Demand paging, Page Replacement algorithms: Optimal, First in First Out (FIFO),
Second Chance (SC), Not recently used (NRU) and Least Recently used (LRU).

UNIT 4: Storage Management 10

Mass Storage system – Disk Structure - Disk Scheduling and Management; File-System Interface
- File concept - Access methods - Directory Structure - Directory organization - File system
mounting - File Sharing and Protection; File System Implementation - File System Structure –

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 65

 Department of CSE, PEC

Directory implementation - Allocation Methods - Free Space Management; I/O Systems – I/O
Hardware, Application I/O interface, Kernel I/O subsystem.

UNIT 5: Virtual Machines and Mobile OS 7

Virtual Machines – History, Benefits and Features, Building Blocks, Types of Virtual Machines
and their Implementations, Virtualization and Operating-System Components; Mobile OS - iOS
and Android.

TOTAL:45 PERIODS
30 PERIODS

PRACTICAL EXERCISES:
1. Illustrate UNIX commands and Shell Programming
2. Process Management using System Calls : Fork, Exit, Getpid, Wait, Close
3. Write C programs to implement the various CPU Scheduling Algorithms
4. Implement mutual exclusion by Semaphore
5. Write C programs to avoid Deadlock using Banker's Algorithm
6. Write C program to implement Threading
7. Implement the paging Technique using C program
8. Write C programs to implement the various Page Replacement Algorithms
9. Write C programs to Implement the various File Organization Techniques
10. Write C programs for the implementation of various disk scheduling algorithms

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1 : Analyze various scheduling algorithms and process synchronization.
CO2 : Explain deadlock prevention and avoidance algorithms.
CO3 : Compare and contrast various memory management schemes.
CO4 : Explain the functionality of file systems, I/O systems, and Virtualization
CO5 : Compare iOS and Android Operating Systems.
TOTAL:75 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Peter Baer Galvin and Greg Gagne, “Operating System Concepts”, 10 th
Edition, John Wiley and Sons Inc., 2018.
2. Andrew S Tanenbaum, "Modern Operating Systems", Pearson, 5 th Edition, 2022 New Delhi.

REFERENCES:
1. Ramaz Elmasri, A. Gil Carrick, David Levine, “Operating Systems – A Spiral Approach”,
Tata McGraw Hill Edition, 2010.
2. William Stallings, "Operating Systems: Internals and Design Principles”, 7 th Edition, Prentice
Hall, 2018.
3. Achyut S.Godbole, Atul Kahate, “Operating Systems”, McGraw Hill Education, 2016.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 66

 Department of CSE, PEC

CS23404 ALGORITHMS L T P C
3 0 2 4
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand and apply the algorithm analysis techniques on searching and sorting
algorithms
 To critically analyze the efficiency of graph algorithms
 To understand different algorithm design techniques
 To solve programming problems using state space tree
 To understand the concepts behind NP Completeness, Approximation algorithms and
randomized algorithms.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Algorithm analysis: Time and space complexity - Asymptotic Notations and its properties Best
case, Worst case and average case analysis – Recurrence relation: substitution method - Lower
bounds – searching: linear search, binary search and Interpolation Search, Pattern search: The
naïve string-matching algorithm - Rabin-Karp algorithm - Knuth-Morris-Pratt algorithm. Sorting:
Insertion sort – heap sort

UNIT II GRAPH ALGORITHMS 9

Graph algorithms: Representations of graphs - Graph traversal: DFS – BFS - applications -
Connectivity, strong connectivity, bi-connectivity - Minimum spanning tree: Kruskal’s and Prim’s
algorithm- Shortest path: Bellman-Ford algorithm - Dijkstra’s algorithm - Floyd-Warshall algorithm
Network flow: Flow networks - Ford-Fulkerson method – Matching: Maximum bipartite matching

UNIT III ALGORITHM DESIGN TECHNIQUES 9

Divide and Conquer methodology: Finding maximum and minimum - Merge sort - Quick sort
Dynamic programming: Elements of dynamic programming — Matrix-chain multiplication - Multi
stage graph — Optimal Binary Search Trees. Greedy Technique: Elements of the greedy strategy
- Activity-selection problem –- Optimal Merge pattern — Huffman Trees.

UNIT IV STATE SPACE SEARCH ALGORITHMS 9

Backtracking: n-Queens problem - Hamiltonian Circuit Problem - Subset Sum Problem – Graph
colouring problem Branch and Bound: Solving 15-Puzzle problem - Assignment problem -
Knapsack Problem - Travelling Salesman Problem

UNIT V NP-COMPLETE AND APPROXIMATION ALGORITHM 9

Tractable and intractable problems: Polynomial time algorithms – Venn diagram representation -
NP-algorithms - NP-hardness and NP-completeness – Bin Packing problem - Problem reduction:
TSP – 3-CNF problem. Approximation Algorithms: TSP - Randomized Algorithms: concept and
application - primality testing - randomized quick sort - Finding kth smallest number
45 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
Searching and Sorting Algorithms
1. Implement Linear Search. Determine the time required to search for an element. Repeat the
experiment for different values of n, the number of elements in the list to be searched and
plot a graph of the time taken versus n.
2. Implement recursive Binary Search. Determine the time required to search an element.
Repeat the experiment for different values of n, the number of elements in the list to be
searched and plot a graph of the time taken versus n.
3. Given a text txt [0...n-1] and a pattern pat [0...m-1], write a function search (char pat [ ], char
txt [ ]) that prints all occurrences of pat [ ] in txt [ ]. You may assume that n > m.
Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 67
 Department of CSE, PEC

4. Sort a given set of elements using the Insertion sort and Heap sort methods and determine
the time required to sort the elements. Repeat the experiment for different values of n, the
number of elements in the list to be sorted and plot a graph of the time taken versus n.

Graph Algorithms
1. Develop a program to implement graph traversal using Breadth First Search
2. Develop a program to implement graph traversal using Depth First Search
3. From a given vertex in a weighted connected graph, develop a program to find the shortest
paths to other vertices using Dijkstra’s algorithm.
4. Find the minimum cost spanning tree of a given undirected graph using Prim’s algorithm.
5. Implement Floyd’s algorithm for the All-Pairs- Shortest-Paths problem.
6. Compute the transitive closure of a given directed graph using Warshall's algorithm.
Algorithm Design Techniques
1. Develop a program to find out the maximum and minimum numbers in a given list of n
numbers using the divide and conquer technique.
2. Implement Merge sort and Quick sort methods to sort an array of elements and determine
the time required to sort. Repeat the experiment for different values of n, the number of
elements in the list to be sorted and plot a graph of the time taken versus n.

State Space Search Algorithms

1. Implement N Queens problem using Backtracking.
Approximation Algorithms Randomized Algorithms
1. Implement any scheme to find the optimal solution for the Traveling Salesperson problem
and then solve the same problem instance using any approximation algorithm and determine
the error in the approximation.
2. Implement randomized algorithms for finding the kth smallest number.
The programs can be implemented in C/C++/JAVA/ Python.
TOTAL:75 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Analyze the efficiency of algorithms using various frameworks
CO2: Apply graph algorithms to solve problems and analyze their efficiency.
CO3: Make use of algorithm design techniques like divide and conquer, dynamic programming
and greedy techniques to solve problems
CO4: Use the state space tree method for solving problems.
CO5: Solve problems using approximation algorithms and randomized algorithms
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest and Clifford Stein, "Introduction to
Algorithms", 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2009.
2. Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni, Sanguthevar Rajasekaran “Computer Algorithms/C++” Orient
Blackswan, 2nd Edition, 2019.
REFERENCES:
1. Anany Levitin, “Introduction to the Design and Analysis of Algorithms”, 3rd Edition, Pearson
Education, 2012.
2. Alfred V. Aho, John E. Hopcroft and Jeffrey D. Ullman, "Data Structures and Algorithms",
Reprint Edition, Pearson Education, 2006.
3. S. Sridhar, “Design and Analysis of Algorithms”, Oxford university press, 2014.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 68

 CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING Department of CSE, PEC
CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 - - - 1 - - - - 1 - 1 -
2 2 3 - - - - 1 - - - - 1 - 1 -
3 1 2 3 1 - - 2 - - - - - - 1 1
4 1 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5 1 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
AVg. 2.67 1.8 3 1 - - 1.33 - - - - 1 - 1 1

1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-“- no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 69

 Department of CSE, PEC

CS23405 THEORY OF COMPUTATION LTPC

30 03

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand foundations of computation including automata theory
 To construct models of regular expressions and languages.
 To design context free grammar and push down automata
 To understand Turing machines and their capability
 To understand Undecidability and NP class problems

UNIT I AUTOMATA AND REGULAR EXPRESSIONS 9

Need for automata theory - Introduction to formal proof – Finite Automata (FA) – Deterministic Finite
Automata (DFA) – Non-deterministic Finite Automata (NFA) – Equivalence between NFA and DFA-
Finite Automata with Epsilon transitions – Equivalence of NFA and DFA- Equivalence of NFAs with
and without ε-moves- Conversion of NFA into DFA – Minimization of DFAs.

UNIT II REGULAR EXPRESSIONS AND LANGUAGES 9

Regular expression – Regular Languages- Equivalence of Finite Automata and regular expressions
Proving languages to be not regular (Pumping Lemma) – Closure properties of regular languages.

UNIT III CONTEXT FREE GRAMMAR AND PUSH DOWN AUTOMATA 9

Types of Grammar - Chomsky‘s hierarchy of languages -Context-Free Grammar (CFG) and Languages
– Derivations and Parse trees – Ambiguity in grammars and languages – Push Down Automata (PDA):
Definition – Moves - Instantaneous descriptions -Languages of pushdown automata – Equivalence of
pushdown automata and CFG-CFG to PDA-PDA to CFG – Deterministic Pushdown Automata.

UNIT IV NORMAL FORMS AND TURING MACHINES 9

Normal forms for CFG – Simplification of CFG- Chomsky Normal Form (CNF) and Greibach Normal
Form (GNF) – Pumping lemma for CFL – Closure properties of Context Free Languages –Turing
Machine : Basic model – definition and representation – Instantaneous Description – Language
acceptance by TM – TM as Computer of Integer functions – Programming techniques for Turing
machines (subroutines).

UNIT V UNDECIDABILITY 9

Unsolvable Problems and Computable Functions –PCP-MPCP- Recursive and recursively enumerable
languages – Properties - Universal Turing machine -Tractable and Intractable problems-P and NP
completeness – Kruskal’s algorithm – Travelling Salesman Problem- 3-CNF SAT problems.
TOTAL PERIODS:45

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Construct automata theory using Finite Automata

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 70

 Department of CSE, PEC

CO2: Write regular expressions for any pattern

CO3: Design context free grammar and Pushdown Automata
CO4: Design Turing machine for computational functions
CO5: Differentiate between decidable and undecidable problems

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Hopcroft J.E., Motwani R. & Ullman J.D., "Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages
andComputations", 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, 2008.
2. John C Martin , "Introduction to Languages and the Theory of Computation", 4th
Edition,Tata McGraw Hill, 2011.

REFERENCES:
1. Harry R Lewis and Christos H Papadimitriou , "Elements of the Theory of
Computation", 2ndEdition, Prentice Hall of India, 2015.
2. Peter Linz, "An Introduction to Formal Language and Automata", 6th Edition, Jones &
Bartlett,2016.
3. K.L.P.Mishra and N.Chandrasekaran, “Theory of Computer Science: Automata
Languages andComputation”, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2006.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 71

 Department of CSE, PEC

GE23402 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND SUSTAINABILITY LTPC

2 0 0 2

UNIT I ENVIRONMENT AND BIODIVERSITY 6

Definition, scope and importance of environment – need for public awareness. Eco-system and Energy flow–
ecological succession. Types of biodiversity: genetic, species and ecosystem diversity– values of biodiversity,
India as a mega-diversity nation – hot-spots of biodiversity – threats to biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of
wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts – endangered and endemic species of India – conservation of biodiversity: In-
situ and ex-situ.

UNIT II ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION 6

Causes, Effects and Preventive measures of Water, Soil, Air and Noise Pollutions. Solid, Hazardous and E-
Waste management. Case studies on Occupational Health and Safety Management system (OHASMS).
Environmental protection, Environmental protection acts .

UNIT III RENEWABLE SOURCES OF ENERGY 6

Energy management and conservation, New Energy Sources: Need of new sources. Different types new energy
sources. Applications of- Hydrogen energy, Ocean energy resources, Tidal energy conversion. Concept, origin
and power plants of geothermal energy.

UNIT IV SUSTAINABILITY AND MANAGEMENT 6

Development, GDP, Sustainability- concept, needs and challenges-economic, social and aspects of
sustainability-from unsustainability to sustainability-millennium development goals, and protocols - Sustainable
Development Goals-targets, indicators and intervention areas Climate change- Global, Regional and local
environmental issues and possible solutions-case studies. Concept of Carbon Credit, Carbon Footprint.
Environmental management in industry-A case study.

UNIT V SUSTAINABILITY PRACTICES 6

Zero waste and R concept, Circular economy, ISO 14000 Series, Material Life cycle assessment, Environmental
Impact Assessment. Sustainable habitat: Green buildings, Green materials, Energy efficiency, Sustainable
transports. Sustainable energy: Non-conventional Sources, Energy Cyclescarbon cycle, emission and
sequestration, Green Engineering: Sustainable urbanization- Socioeconomical and technological change.

TOTAL: 30 PERIODS

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 72

 Department of CSE, PEC

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Anubha Kaushik and C. P. Kaushik’s “Perspectives in Environmental Studies”, 6th Edition, New Age
International Publishers ,2018.

2. Benny Joseph, ‘Environmental Science and Engineering’, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2016.

3. Gilbert M.Masters, ‘Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science’, 2nd edition, Pearson
Education, 2004.

4. Allen, D. T. and Shonnard, D. R., Sustainability Engineering: Concepts, Design and Case Studies, Prentice
Hall.

5. Bradley. A.S; Adebayo, A.O., Maria, P. Engineering applications in sustainable design and development,
Cengage learning.

6. Environment Impact Assessment Guidelines, Notification of Government of India, 2006.

7. Mackenthun, K.M., Basic Concepts in Environmental Management, Lewis Publication, London, 1998.

REFERENCES:

1. R.K. Trivedi, ‘Handbook of Environmental Laws, Rules, Guidelines, Compliances and Standards’, Vol. I and
II, Enviro Media. 38.

2. Cunningham, W.P. Cooper, T.H. Gorhani, ‘Environmental Encyclopedia’, Jaico Publ., House, Mumbai,
2001.

3. Dharmendra S. Sengar, ‘Environmental law’, Prentice hall of India PVT. LTD, New Delhi, 2007.

4. Rajagopalan, R, ‘Environmental Studies-From Crisis to Cure’, Oxford University Press, 2005.

5. Erach Bharucha “Textbook of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses” Orient Blackswan Pvt.
Ltd. 2013.

CO’s-PO’s&PSO’sMAPPING
CO PO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 2 1 - - - 2 3 - - - - 2 - - -
2 3 2 - - - 3 3 - - - - 2 - - -
3 3 - 1 - - 2 2 - - - - 2 - - -
4 3 2 1 1 - 2 2 - - - - 2 - - -
5 3 2 1 - - 2 2 - - - - 1 - - -
Avg. 2.8 1.8 1 1 - 2.2 2.4 - - - - 1.8 - - -

1-LOW, 2-MEDIUM, 3-HIGH

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 73

 Department of CSE, PEC

LCS23401
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS LABORATORY L T P C
0 0 3 1.5
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To learn and implement important commands in SQL.
To learn the usage of nested and joint queries.
To understand functions, procedures and procedural extensions of databases.
To understand design and implementation of typical database applications.
To be familiar with the use of a front end tool for GUI based application development.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
1. Create a database table, add constraints (primary key, unique, check, Not null), insert rows,
update and delete rows using SQL DDL and DML commands.
2. Create a set of tables, add foreign key constraints and incorporate referential integrity.
3. Query the database tables using different ‘where’ clause conditions and also implement
aggregate functions.
4. Query the database tables and explore sub queries and simple join operations.
5. Query the database tables and explore natural, equi and outer joins.
6. Write user defined functions and stored procedures in SQL.
7. Execute complex transactions and realize DCL and TCL commands.
8. Write SQL Triggers for insert, delete, and update operations in a database table.
9. Create View and index for database tables with a large number of records.
10. Create an XML database and validate it using XML schema.
11. Create Document, column and graph based data using NOSQL database tools.
12. Implementation of DATA models in NO SQL comments
13. Develop a simple GUI based database application and incorporate all the above-
mentioned features
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Create databases with different types of key constraints.
CO2: Construct simple and complex SQL queries using DML and DCL commands.
CO3: Use advanced features such as stored procedures and triggers and incorporate in GUI based application
development.
CO4: Create an XML database and validate with meta-data (XML schema).
CO5: Create and manipulate data using NOSQL database.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 74

 Department of CSE, PEC

CS23501 CRYPTOGRAPHY AND CYBER SECURITY LT P C

3 0 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 Learn to analyze the security of in-built cryptosystems.
 Know the fundamental mathematical concepts related to security.
 Develop cryptographic algorithms for information security.
 Comprehend the various types of data integrity and authentication schemes
 Understand cybercrimes and cyber security.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO SECURITY 9

Computer Security Concepts – The OSI Security Architecture – Security Attacks – Security Services
and Mechanisms – A Model for Network Security – Classical encryption techniques: Substitution
techniques, Transposition techniques, Steganography – Foundations of modern cryptography:
Perfect security – Information Theory – Product Cryptosystem – Cryptanalysis.

UNIT II SYMMETRIC CIPHERS 9

Number theory – Algebraic Structures – Modular Arithmetic - Euclid‘s algorithm – Congruence and
matrices – Group, Rings, Fields, Finite Fields SYMMETRIC KEY CIPHERS: SDES – Block
Ciphers – DES, Strength of DES – Differential and linear cryptanalysis – Block cipher design
principles – Block cipher mode of operation – Evaluation criteria for AES – Pseudorandom Number
Generators – RC4 – Key distribution.

UNIT III ASYMMETRIC CRYPTOGRAPHY 9

MATHEMATICS OF ASYMMETRIC KEY CRYPTOGRAPHY: Primes – Primality Testing –
Factorization – Euler’s totient function, Fermat’s and Euler’s Theorem – Chinese Remainder
Theorem – Exponentiation and logarithm ASYMMETRIC KEY CIPHERS: RSA cryptosystem – Key
distribution – Key management – Diffie Hellman key exchange -– Elliptic curve arithmetic – Elliptic
curve cryptography.

UNIT IV INTEGRITY AND AUTHENTICATION ALGORITHMS 9

Authentication requirement – Authentication function – MAC – Hash function – Security of hash
function: HMAC, CMAC – SHA – Digital signature and authentication protocols – DSS – Schnorr
Digital Signature Scheme – ElGamal cryptosystem – Entity Authentication: Biometrics, Passwords,
Challenge Response protocols – Authentication applications – Kerberos
MUTUAL TRUST: Key management and distribution – Symmetric key distribution using symmetric
and asymmetric encryption – Distribution of public keys – X.509 Certificates.

UNIT V CYBER CRIMES AND CYBER SECURITY 9

Cyber Crime and Information Security – classifications of Cyber Crimes – Tools and Methods –
Password Cracking, Keyloggers, Spywares, SQL Injection – Network Access Control – Cloud
Security – Web Security – Wireless Security

TOTAL:45 PERIODS

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 75

 Department of CSE, PEC

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Understand the fundamentals of networks security, security
architecture, threats and vulnerabilities
CO2: Apply the different cryptographic operations of symmetric cryptographic algorithms
CO3: Apply the different cryptographic operations of public key
cryptography
CO4: Apply the various Authentication schemes to simulate
different applications.
CO5: Understand various cyber crimes and cyber security.

TEXT BOOKS
1. William Stallings, "Cryptography and Network Security - Principles and
Practice", SeventhEdition, Pearson Education, 2017.
2.Nina Godbole, Sunit Belapure, “Cyber Security: Understanding Cyber crimes,
ComputerForensics and Legal Perspectives”, First Edition, Wiley India, 2011.

REFERENCES
1. Behrouz A. Ferouzan, Debdeep Mukhopadhyay, "Cryptography and Network
Security", 3rdEdition, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2015.
2.Charles Pfleeger, Shari Pfleeger, Jonathan Margulies, "Security in Computing",
Fifth Edition, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2015.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 1 2 2 - - - 1 - - 1 2 3 3
2 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 2 - - 1 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 2 - - 1 3 3 3
4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 2 - - 1 3 3 3
5 3 2 3 2 3 - - - 3 - - 2 3 2 3
AVg. 3 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.8 - - - 2 - - 1.2 2.8 2.8 3
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-“- no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 76

 Department of CSE, PEC

CS23502 CLOUD COMPUTING AND EDGE COMPUTING LT PC

3 0 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand the principles of cloud architecture, models and infrastructure.
 To understand the concepts of virtualization and virtual machines.
 To gain knowledge about virtualization Infrastructure.
 To explore and experiment with various Cloud deployment environments and Security issues
 To understand edge routing and networking layers

UNIT I CLOUD ARCHITECTURE MODELS AND INFRASTRUCTURE 9

Cloud Architecture: System Models for Distributed and Cloud Computing – NIST Cloud Computing
Reference Architecture – Cloud deployment models – Cloud service models; Cloud Infrastructure:
Architectural Design of Compute and Storage Clouds – Design Challenges

UNIT II VIRTUALIZATION BASICS 9

Virtual Machine Basics – Taxonomy of Virtual Machines – Hypervisor – Key Concepts – Virtualization
structure – Implementation levels of virtualization – Virtualization Types: Full Virtualization – Para
Virtualization – Hardware Virtualization – Virtualization of CPU, Memory and I/O devices.

UNIT III VIRTUALIZATION INFRASTRUCTURE AND DOCKER 9

Desktop Virtualization – Network Virtualization – Storage Virtualization – System-level of Operating
Virtualization – Application Virtualization – Virtual clusters and Resource Management – Containers vs.
Virtual Machines – Introduction to Docker – Docker Components – Docker Container – Docker Images and
Repositories.

UNIT IV CLOUD DEPLOYMENT & SECURITY 9

Google App Engine – Amazon AWS – Microsoft Azure; Cloud Software Environments – Eucalyptus
– OpenStack- Virtualization System-Specific Attacks: Guest hopping – VM migration attack – hyperjacking.
Data Security and Storage; Identity and Access Management (IAM) - IAM Challenges - IAM Architecture
and Practice.

UNIT V EDGE COMPUTING 9

Edge purpose and definition, Edge hardware architectures, Operating systems, Edge platforms
Edge Routing and Networking, Edge to Cloud Protocols.

45 PERIODS

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Understand the design challenges in the cloud.
CO2: Apply the concept of virtualization and its types.
CO3: Experiment with virtualization of hardware resources and Docker.
CO4: Develop and deploy services on the cloud and set up a cloud environment .Explain security
challenges in the cloud environment
CO5: Practice the concept of edge computing protocols

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 77

 Department of CSE, PEC

TEXT BOOKS
1. Kai Hwang, Geoffrey C Fox, Jack G Dongarra, “Distributed and Cloud Computing, From
Parallel Processing to the Internet of Things”, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2012.
2. James Turnbull, “The Docker Book”, O’Reilly Publishers, 2014.
3. Krutz, R. L., Vines, R. D, “Cloud security. A Comprehensive Guide to Secure Cloud Computing”,
Wiley Publishing, 2010.
4. K. Anitha Kumari, G. Sudha Sadasivam, D. Dharani, M. Niranjanamurthy, Edge Computing
Fundamentals, Advances and Applications,CRC Press, 2021.
REFERENCES
1. James E. Smith, Ravi Nair, “Virtual Machines: Versatile Platforms for Systems and Processes”,
Elsevier/Morgan Kaufmann, 2005.
2. Tim Mather, Subra Kumaraswamy, and Shahed Latif, “Cloud Security and Privacy: an
enterprise perspective on risks and compliance”, O’Reilly Media, Inc., 2009.
3. Perry Lea, IoT and Edge Computing for Architects Implementing edge and IoT systems from
sensors to clouds with communication systems, analytics, and security, 2nd Edition ,Packt Publishing,
2020.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 2 2 3 3 1 - - - 2 1 3 3 2 1 1
2 1 3 2 1 2 - - - 2 2 2 2 1 3 2
3 2 2 1 3 3 - - - 3 2 1 1 1 2 1
4 1 2 2 3 1 - - - 3 3 2 1 3 1 1
5 3 3 1 2 3 - - - 3 3 3 1 3 2 3
AVg. 1.8 2.4 1.8 2.4 2 - - - 2.6 2.2 2.2 1.6 2 1.8 1.6
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-“- no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 78

 Department of CSE, PEC

CS23503 INTERNET PROGRAMMING LT P C

20 2 4
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand different Internet Technologies
 To learn java-specific web services architecture
 To Develop web applications using frameworks

UNIT I WEBSITE BASICS, HTML 5, CSS 3, WEB 2.0 7

Web Essentials: Clients, Servers and Communication – The Internet – World wide web – HTTP
Request Message – HTTP Response Message – Web Clients – Web Servers – HTML5 – Tables –
Lists – Image – HTML5 control elements – Drag and Drop – Audio – Video controls - CSS3 – Inline,
embedded and external style sheets – Rule cascading – Inheritance – Backgrounds – Border
Images – Colors – Shadows – Text – Transformations – Transitions – Animations. Bootstrap
Framework

UNIT II CLIENT SIDE PROGRAMMING 6

Java Script: An introduction to JavaScript–JavaScript DOM Model-Exception Handling-Validation-
Built-in objects-Event Handling- DHTML with JavaScript- JSON introduction – Syntax – Function
Files.

UNIT III SERVER SIDE PROGRAMMING 5

Servlets: Java Servlet Architecture- Servlet Life Cycle- Form GET and POST actions- Session
Handling- Understanding Cookies- DATABASE CONNECTIVITY: JDBC.

UNIT IV PHP and XML 6

An introduction to PHP: PHP- Using PHP- Variables- Program control- Built-in functions- Form
Validation. XML: Basic XML- Document Type Definition- XML Schema, XML Parsers and Validation,
XSL ,

UNIT V INTRODUCTION TO ANGULAR and WEB APPLICATIONS FRAMEWORKS 6

Introduction to AngularJS, MVC Architecture, Understanding ng attributes, Expressions and data
binding, Conditional Directives, Style Directives, Controllers, Filters, Forms, Routers, Modules,
Services; Web Applications Frameworks and Tools – Firebase- Docker- Node JS- React- Django-
UI & UX.
30 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Construct a basic website using HTML and Cascading Style Sheets
CO2: Build dynamic web page with validation using Java Script objects and by applying different
event handling mechanisms.
CO3: Develop server side programs using Servlets and JSP.
CO4: Construct simple web pages in PHP and to represent data in XML format.
CO5: Develop interactive web applications.

PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS

List Of Experiments:
1. Create a web page with the following using HTML.
• To embed an image map in a web page.
• To fix the hot spots.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 79

 Department of CSE, PEC

• Show all the related information when the hot spots are clicked.
2. Create a web page with all types of Cascading style sheets.
3. Client Side Scripts for Validating Web Form Controls using DHTML.
4. Installation of Apache Tomcat web server.
5. Write programs in Java using Servlets:
● To invoke servlets from HTML forms.
● Session Tracking.
6. Write programs in Java to create three-tier applications using JSP and Databases
● For conducting on-line examination.
● For displaying student mark list. Assume that student information is available in a database
which has been stored in a database server.
7. Programs using XML – Schema – XSLT/XSL.
TOTAL:60 PERIODS

TEXTBOOKS
1. Deitel and Deitel and Nieto, Internet and World Wide Web - How to Program, Prentice Hall, 5th
Edition, 2011.
2. Jeffrey C and Jackson, Web Technologies A Computer Science Perspective, Pearson
Education, 2011.
3. Angular 6 for Enterprise-Ready Web Applications, Doguhan Uluca, 1st edition, Packt
Publishing
REFERENCES:
1. Stephen Wynkoop and John Burke “Running a Perfect Website”, QUE, 2nd Edition,1999.
2. Chris Bates, Web Programming – Building Intranet Applications, 3rd Edition, Wiley
Publications, 2009.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 3 3 3 - - - 1 3 3 1 3 2 3
2 2 2 2 1 2 - - - 2 2 1 3 2 2 2
3 1 1 3 2 3 - - - 1 2 1 1 1 2 1
4 2 3 3 1 2 - - - 3 1 2 2 2 2 2
5 1 2 3 2 2 - - - 2 1 3 1 1 1 2
AVg. 1.8 2 2.8 1.8 2.4 - - - 1.8 1.8 2 1.6 1.8 1.8 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 80

 Department of CSE, PEC

CS23504 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND MACHINE LEARNING LTPC

3 0 03

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
The main objectives of this course are to:
 Study about uninformed and Heuristic search techniques.
 Learn techniques for reasoning under uncertainty
 Introduce Machine Learning and supervised learning algorithms
 Study about assembling and unsupervised learning algorithms
 Learn the basics of deep learning using neural networks

UNIT I PROBLEM SOLVING 9

Introduction to AI - AI Applications – Classification of AI system-Problem solving agents – search

algorithms – uninformed search strategies – Heuristic search strategies – Informed search strategies-Local
search and optimization problems – adversarial search – constraint satisfaction problems (CSP)-
Constraints Propagation.

UNIT II PROBABILISTIC REASONING 9

Backtracking Search-Game Playing-Optimal Decision in Games-Min and Max algorithm-Alpha and Beta
pruning Definition of uncertainty – Bayesian inference – naïve bayes models. Probabilistic reasoning –
Bayesian networks – exact inference in BN – approximate inference in BN – causal networks.

UNIT III SUPERVISED LEARNING 9

Introduction to machine learning – Learning Paradigms-Linear Regression Models: Least squares, single
& multiple variables, Bayesian linear regression, gradient descent, Linear Classification Models:
Discriminant function – Probabilistic discriminative model - Logistic regression, Probabilistic generative
model – Naive Bayes, Maximum margin classifier – Support vector machine, Decision Tree, Random
forests

UNIT IV ENSEMBLE TECHNIQUES AND UNSUPERVISED LEARNING 9

Combining multiple learners: Model combination schemes, Voting, Ensemble Learning - bagging,
boosting, stacking, Unsupervised learning: K-means, Instance Based Learning: KNN, Gaussian mixture
models and Expectation maximization

UNIT V NEURAL NETWORKS 9

Perceptron - Multilayer perceptron, activation functions, network training – gradient descent optimization
– stochastic gradient descent, error backpropagation, from shallow networks to deep networks –Unit
saturation (aka the vanishing gradient problem) – ReLU, hyperparameter tuning, batch normalization,
regularization, dropout.
TOTAL:45 PERIODS

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 81

 Department of CSE, PEC

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Use appropriate search algorithms for problem solving
CO2: Apply reasoning under uncertainty
CO3: Build supervised learning models
CO4: Build ensembling and unsupervised models
CO5: Build deep learning neural network models
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, “Artificial Intelligence – A Modern Approach”,
FourthEdition, Pearson Education, 2021.
2. Ethem Alpaydin, “Introduction to Machine Learning”, MIT Press, Fourth Edition, 2020.

REFERENCES:
1. Dan W. Patterson, “Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems”, Pearson
Education,2007
2. Kevin Night, Elaine Rich, and Nair B., “Artificial Intelligence”, McGraw Hill, 2008
3. Patrick H. Winston, "Artificial Intelligence", Third Edition, Pearson Education, 2006
4. Deepak Khemani,“Artificial Intelligence”,Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2013(http://nptel.ac.in/)
5. Christopher M. Bishop, “Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning”, Springer, 2006.
6. Tom Mitchell, “Machine Learning”, McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition,1997.
7. Charu C. Aggarwal, “Data Classification Algorithms and Applications”, CRC Press, 2014
8. Mehryar Mohri, Afshin Rostamizadeh, Ameet Talwalkar, “Foundations of MachineLearning”, MIT
Press, 2012.
9. Ian Goodfellow, Yoshua Bengio, Aaron Courville, “Deep Learning”, MIT Press, 2016

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 82

 Department of CSE, PEC

LCS23501 CLOUD COMPUTING LABORATORY LTPC

0 0 3 1.5
OBJECTIVES:
 To develop web applications in cloud
 To learn the design and development process involved in creating a cloud based
 application
 To learn to implement and use parallel programming using Hadoop

PRACTICAL EXERCISES:
1. Install Virtualbox/VMware/ Equivalent open source cloud
Workstation with different flavoursof Linux or Windows OS on
top of windows 8 and above.
2. Install a C compiler in the virtual machine created using a
virtual box and execute SimplePrograms
3. Install Google App Engine. Create a hello world app and other
simple web applications using python/java.
4. Use the GAE launcher to launch the web applications.
5. Simulate a cloud scenario using CloudSim and run a scheduling
algorithm that is not present in CloudSim.
6. Find a procedure to transfer the files from one virtual machine to another
virtual machine.
7. Install Hadoop single node cluster and run simple applications like
wordcount.
8. Creating and Executing Your First Container Using Docker.
9. Run a Container from Docker Hub

OUTCOMES:
 On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
 Configure various virtualization tools such as Virtual Box, VMware workstation.
 Design and deploy a web application in a PaaS environment.
 Learn how to simulate a cloud environment to implement new schedulers.
 Install and use a generic cloud environment that can be used as a private cloud.
 Manipulate large data sets in a parallel environment.
CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
1 1 3 3 1 1 1 - - 2 1 2 2 2 2
2 2 3 3 2 1 1 - - 2 1 2 2 2 3
3 2 2 2 1 1 2 - - 2 - 2 2 2 2
4 2 2 2 2 1 2 - - 3 - 3 3 3 2
5 2 2 3 2 3 2 - - 3 - 3 3 3 3
6 2 2 3 2 1 2 - - 2 1 2 2 2 2
Avg 2 2 3 2 1 2 - - 2 1 2 2 2 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

TOTAL:60 PERIODS

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 83

 Department of CSE, PEC

CS23601 AUGMENTED REALITY/VIRTUAL REALITY L T P C

3 0 0 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To impart the fundamental aspects and principles of AR/VR technologies.
• To know the internals of the hardware and software components involved in the
development of AR/VR enabled applications.
• To learn about the graphical processing units and their architectures.
• To gain knowledge about AR/VR application development.
• To know the technologies involved in the development of AR/VR based
applications.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Introduction to Virtual Reality and Augmented Reality – Definition – Introduction to
Trajectories and Hybrid Space-Three I’s of Virtual Reality – Virtual Reality Vs 3D Computer
Graphics – Benefits of Virtual Reality – Components of VR System – Introduction to AR-AR
Technologies-Input Devices – 3D Position Trackers – Types of Trackers – Navigation and
Manipulation Interfaces – Gesture Interfaces – Types of Gesture Input Devices – Output
Devices – Graphics Display – Human Visual System – Personal Graphics Displays – Large
Volume Displays – Sound Displays – Human Auditory System.

UNIT II VR MODELING 9
Modeling – Geometric Modeling – Virtual Object Shape – Object Visual Appearance –
Kinematics Modeling – Transformation Matrices – Object Position – Transformation
Invariants –Object Hierarchies – Viewing the 3D World – Physical Modeling – Collision
Detection – Surface Deformation – Force Computation – Force Smoothing and Mapping –
BehaviorModeling – Model Management.

UNIT III VR PROGRAMMING 9

VR Programming – Toolkits and Scene Graphs – World ToolKit – Java 3D – Comparison of
World ToolKit and Java 3D

UNIT IV APPLICATIONS 9
Human Factors in VR – Methodology and Terminology – VR Health and Safety Issues – VR
and Society-Medical Applications of VR – Education, Arts and Entertainment – Military VR
Applications – Emerging Applications of VR – VR Applications in Manufacturing –
Applications of VR in Robotics – Information Visualization – VR in Business – VR in
Entertainment – VR in Education.

UNIT V AUGMENTED REALITY 9

Introduction to Augmented Reality:Scope-History of Augmented reality-examples-related
fields-Computer vision for AR: Marker Tracking- Multiple-Camera Infrared Tracking -
Natural Feature Tracking by Detection- Incremental Tracking- Simultaneous Localization
and Mapping- Outdoor Tracking-Interaction-Modelling and AnnotationNavigation-Wearable
devices.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 84

 Department of CSE, PEC
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of the course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Understand the basic concepts of AR and VR
CO2:Understand the tools and technologies related to AR/VR
CO3:Know the working principle of AR/VR related Sensor devices
CO4:Design of various models using modeling techniques
CO5:Develop AR/VR applications in different domains
TOTAL:45 PERIODS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Charles Palmer, John Williamson, “Virtual Reality Blueprints: Create compelling
VR experiences for mobile”, Packt Publisher, 2018
2. Dieter Schmalstieg, Tobias Hollerer, “Augmented Reality: Principles & Practice”,
Addison Wesley, 2016
3. John Vince, “Introduction to Virtual Reality”, Springer-Verlag, 2004.
4. William R. Sherman, Alan B. Craig: “Understanding Virtual Reality – Interface,
Application, Design”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2003

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 2 - 3 - - - 2 2 1 2 2 1 2
2 3 2 2 1 3 - - - 3 2 2 3 3 1 2
3 3 3 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 1 2 3 2 2
4 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3 3 2 2
5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
AVg. 3.00 2.60 2.40 2.00 3.00 - - - 2.80 2.20 1.80 2.60 2.80 1.80 2.20
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 85

 Department of CSE, PEC

LCS23601 AUGMENTED REALITY/VIRTUAL REALITY LAB L T P C

0 0 3 1.5

Course objectives:

 To Use the primitive objects and apply various projection types

 To Create three dimensional realistic scenes and develop simple virtual reality
enabled mobile applications
 To Develop VR enabled applications using motion trackers and sensors
 To Develop AR enabled applications
 To Develop simple MR enabled gaming applications

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Study of tools like Unity, Maya, 3DS MAX, AR toolkit, Vuforia and Blender.
2. Use the primitive objects and apply various projection types by handling camera.
3. Download objects from asset store and apply various lighting and shading effects.
4. Model three dimensional objects using various modelling techniques and apply
textures over them.
5. Create three dimensional realistic scenes and develop simple virtual reality
enabled mobile applications which have limited interactivity.
6. Add audio and text special effects to the developed application.
7. Develop VR enabled applications using motion trackers and sensors incorporating
full haptic interactivity.
8. Develop AR enabled applications with interactivity like E learning environment,
Virtual walkthroughs and visualization of historic places.
9. Develop AR enabled simple applications like human anatomy visualization,
DNA/RNA structure visualization and surgery simulation.
10. Develop simple MR enabled gaming applications.

TOTAL:30 PERIODS

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1:Use the primitive objects and apply various projection types.
CO2: Create three dimensional realistic scenes and develop simple virtual reality enabled
mobile applications
CO3: Develop VR enabled applications using motion trackers and sensors.
CO4: Develop AR enabled applications
CO5:Develop simple MR enabled gaming applications

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 86

 Department of CSE, PEC

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 1 3 1 1 - - - 1 3 3 3 2 1 3
2 3 1 1 2 2 - - - 3 2 1 1 3 1 2
3 3 3 2 1 2 - - - 3 3 1 2 2 2 2
4 1 2 2 3 2 - - - 3 1 3 1 1 2 1
5 2 2 1 1 3 - - - 1 2 2 3 1 3 3
AVg. 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-“- no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 87

 Department of CSE, PEC

CS23602 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS AND IOT L T PC

COURSE OBJECTIVES: 3 0 0 3
 To learn the internal architecture and programming of an embedded processor.
To introduce interfacing I/O devices to the processor.
To introduce the evolution of the Internet of Things (IoT).
To build a small low-cost embedded and IoT system using Arduino/Raspberry Pi/ open
platform.
To apply the concept of Internet of Things in real world scenario.

UNIT I 8-BIT EMBEDDED PROCESSOR 9

8-Bit Microcontroller – Architecture – Instruction Set and Programming – Programming Parallel Ports –
Timers and Serial Port – Interrupt Handling.

UNIT II EMBEDDED C PROGRAMMING 9

Memory And I/O Devices Interfacing – Programming Embedded Systems in C – Need For RTOS – Multiple
Tasks and Processes – Context Switching – Priority Based Scheduling Policies.

UNIT III IOT AND ARDUINO PROGRAMMING 9

Introduction to the Concept of IoT Devices – IoT Devices Versus
Computers – IoT Configurations – Basic Components – Introduction to Arduino – Types of Arduino –
Arduino Toolchain – Arduino Programming Structure – Sketches – Pins – Input/Output From Pins Using
Sketches – Introduction to Arduino Shields – Integration of Sensors and Actuators with Arduino.

UNIT IV IOT COMMUNICATION AND OPEN PLATFORMS 9

IoT Communication Models and APIs – IoT Communication Protocols – Bluetooth – WiFi – ZigBee – GPS
– GSM modules – Open Platform (like Raspberry Pi) – Architecture – Programming – Interfacing –
Accessing GPIO Pins – Sending and Receiving Signals Using GPIO Pins – Connecting to the Cloud.

UNIT V APPLICATIONS DEVELOPMENT 9

Complete Design of Embedded Systems – Development of IoT Applications – Home Automation – Smart
Agriculture – Smart Cities – Smart Healthcare.

45 PERIODS

PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS

1. Write 8051 Assembly Language experiments using simulator.
2. Test data transfer between registers and memory.
3. Perform ALU operations.
4. Write Basic and arithmetic Programs Using Embedded C.
5. Introduction to Arduino platform and programming
6. Explore different communication methods with IoT devices (Zigbee, GSM, Bluetooth) 7.
Introduction to Raspberry PI platform and python programming
8. Interfacing sensors with Raspberry PI
9. Communicate between Arduino and Raspberry PI using any wireless medium
10. Setup a cloud platform to log the data
11. Log Data using Raspberry PI and upload to the cloud platform
12. Design an IOT based system
Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 88
 COURSE OUTCOMES: Department of CSE, PEC
CO1: Explain the architecture of embedded processors.
CO2: Write embedded C programs.
CO3: Design simple embedded applications.
CO4: Compare the communication models in IOT
CO5: Design IoT applications using Arduino/Raspberry Pi /open platform.
TOTAL :75 PERIODS
TEXTBOOKS
1. Muhammed Ali Mazidi, Janice Gillispie Mazidi, Rolin D. McKinlay, “The 8051 Microcontroller and
Embedded Systems”, Pearson Education, Second Edition, 2014
2. Robert Barton, Patrick Grossetete, David Hanes, Jerome Henry, Gonzalo Salgueiro, “IoT
Fundamentals: Networking Technologies, Protocols, and Use Cases for the Internet of Things”,
CISCO Press, 2017.

REFERENCES
1. Michael J. Pont, “Embedded C”, Pearson Education, 2007.
2. Wayne Wolf, “Computers as Components: Principles of Embedded Computer System
Design”, Elsevier, 2006.
3. Andrew N Sloss, D. Symes, C. Wright, “Arm System Developer's Guide”, Morgan Kauffman/
Elsevier, 2006.
4. Arshdeep Bahga, Vijay Madisetti, “Internet of Things – A hands-on approach”, Universities
Press, 2015

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 3 3 - - - - 1 2 3 3 2 1 3
2 2 1 3 2 2 - - - 1 2 2 3 3 1 3
3 3 1 3 3 1 - - - 1 2 1 1 1 3 3
4 3 2 3 2 1 - - - 1 2 2 3 2 2 1
5 2 3 3 2 2 - - - 1 3 3 2 3 1 3
AVg. 2.6 2 3 2.4 1.5 - - - 1 2.2 2.2 2.4 2.2 1.6 2.6
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-“- no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 89

 Department of CSE, PEC

CS23701 CRYPTOCURRENCY AND BLOCKCHAIN TECHNOLOGIES

LT P C
3 0 2 4
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the basics of Blockchain
• To learn Different protocols and consensus algorithms in Blockchain
• To learn the Blockchain implementation frameworks
• To understand the Blockchain Applications
• To experiment the Hyperledger Fabric, Ethereum networks

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO BLOCKCHAIN 9

Blockchain- Public Ledgers, Blockchain as Public Ledgers - Block in a Blockchain,
Transactions- The Chain and the Longest Chain - Permissioned Model of Blockchain,
Cryptographic -Hash Function, Properties of a hash function-Hash pointer and Merkle tree

UNIT II BITCOIN AND CRYPTOCURRENCY 9

A basic crypto currency, Creation of coins, Payments and double spending, FORTH
– the precursor for Bitcoin scripting, Bitcoin Scripts , Bitcoin P2P Network, Transaction
in Bitcoin Network, Block Mining, Block propagation and block relay

UNIT III BITCOIN CONSENSUS 9

Bitcoin Consensus, Proof of Work (PoW)- Hashcash PoW , Bitcoin PoW, Attacks
on PoW ,monopoly problem- Proof of Stake- Proof of Burn - Proof of Elapsed Time -
Bitcoin Miner, Mining Difficulty, Mining Pool-Permissioned model and use cases.

UNIT IV HYPERLEDGER FABRIC & ETHEREUM 9

Architecture of Hyperledger fabric v1.1- chain code- Ethereum: Ethereum network,
EVM, Transaction fee, Mist Browser, Ether, Gas, Solidity.

UNIT V BLOCKCHAIN APPLICATIONS 9

Smart contracts, Truffle Design and issue- DApps- NFT. Blockchain Applications
in Supply Chain Management, Logistics, Smart Cities, Finance and Banking,
Insurance,etc- Case Study.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Understand emerging abstract models for Blockchain Technology
CO2: Identify major research challenges and technical gaps existing between theory
and practice in the crypto currency domain.
CO3: It provides conceptual understanding of the function of Blockchain as a method of
securing distributed ledgers, how consensus on their contents is achieved, and the
new applications that they enable.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 90

 Department of CSE, PEC

CO4: Apply hyperledger Fabric and Ethereum platform to implement the Block
chain Application.

Total: 45 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS :

1. Bashir and Imran, Mastering Blockchain: Deeper insights into decentralization,

cryptography, Bitcoin, and popular Blockchain frameworks, 2017.
2. 2.Andreas Antonopoulos, “Mastering Bitcoin: Unlocking Digital
Cryptocurrencies”, O’Reilly, 2014.

REFERENCES:
1. Daniel Drescher, “Blockchain Basics”, First Edition, Apress, 2017.
2. Arvind Narayanan, Joseph Bonneau, Edward Felten, Andrew Miller, and Steven
Goldfeder. Bitcoin and cryptocurrency technologies: a comprehensive introduction.
Princeton University Press, 2016.
3. Melanie Swan, “Blockchain: Blueprint for a New Economy”, O’Reilly, 2015
4. Ritesh Modi, “Solidity Programming Essentials: A Beginner’s Guide to Build Smart
Contracts for Ethereum and Blockchain”, Packt Publishing
5. Handbook of Research on Blockchain Technology, published by Elsevier Inc.
ISBN: 9780128198162, 2020.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 2 2 1 - - - 1 - - 2 3 1 1
2 3 3 3 3 1 - - - 2 - - 2 1 2 1
3 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 3 - - 2 2 3 3
4 3 2 3 2 3 - - - 3 - - 2 2 2 3
AVg. 3 2.75 2.75 2.5 1.75 2.25 2 3 2.75 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 91

 Department of CSE, PEC

HS23701 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT LTPC

3 003
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• Sketch the Evolution of Management.
• Extract the functions and principles of management.
• Learn the application of the principles in an organization.
• Study the various HR related activities.
• Analyze the position of self and company goals towards business.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT AND ORGANIZATIONS 9

Definition of Management – Science or Art
– Manager Vs Entrepreneur- types of managersmanagerial roles and skills – Evolution of
Management –Scientific, human relations, system and contingency approaches– Types of
Business organization- Sole proprietorship, partnership, company-public and private
sector enterprises- Organization culture and Environment – Current trends and issues in
Management.
UNIT II PLANNING 9
Nature and purpose of planning – Planning process – Types of planning – Objectives
– Setting objectives – Policies – Planning premises – Strategic
Management – Planning Tools and Techniques – Decision making steps and process.
UNIT III ORGANISING 9
Nature and purpose – Formal and informal organization – Organization chart
– Organization structure – Types – Line and staff authority – Departmentalization – delegation
of authority – Centralization and decentralization – Job Design - Human Resource
Management – HR Planning, Recruitment, selection, Training and
Development, Performance Management, Career planning and management.
UNIT IV DIRECTING 9
Foundations of individual and group behaviour– Motivation – Motivation theories –
Motivational techniques – Job satisfaction – Job enrichment – Leadership – types and
theories of leadership – Communication – Process of communication – Barrier in
communication–Effective communication– Communication and IT.

UNIT V CONTROLLING 9

System and process of controlling – Budgetary and non - Budgetary control techniques –
Use of computers and IT in Management control – Productivity problems and
management – Control and performance – Direct and preventive control – Reporting.

TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to have clear

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 92

 Department of CSE, PEC

understanding of managerial functions like planning, organizing, staffing, leading

& controlling.
CO2: Have same basic knowledge on international aspect of management.
CO3: Ability to understand management concept of organizing.
CO4: Ability to understand management concept of directing.
CO5: Ability to understand management concept of controlling.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Harold Koontz and Heinz Weihrich “Essentials of management” Tata McGraw

Hill,1998.
2. Stephen P. Robbins and Mary Coulter, “ Management”, Prentice Hall
(India)Pvt. Ltd., 10th Edition, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Robert Kreitner and MamataMohapatra, “ Management”, Biztantra, 2008.
2. Stephen A. Robbins and David A. Decenzo and Mary Coulter, “Fundamentals
of Management” Pearson Education, 7th Edition, 2011.
3. Tripathy PC and Reddy PN, “Principles of Management”, Tata Mcgraw Hill,
1999.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 - - - 1 - - - - - - 2 1 1
2 - 1 1 - - - - - - - - - 2 1 -
3 1 - 2 - - 1 - 2 - 1 1 - - 2
4 - 1 1 1 2 - - 1 2 - - - 1 1 1
5 1 - - 1 1 - - - 3 - 1 1 - 1
AVg. 1.66 1 1 1.5 1.5 1 1 1 2 3 1 1 1.5 1 1.25
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-“- no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 93

 Department of CSE, PEC

LCS23701 CRYPTOCURRENCY AND BLOCKCHAIN TECHNOLOGIES LAB

L T PC
0 0 3 1.5
COURSE OBJECTIVES
This course will enable the students:
1. Understanding Block chain Fundamentals and creating basic blocks.
2. Able to Develop Block chain Applications in a structured manner
3. Ability to create own crypto currency and get familiarity with future currencies.
4. Able to Evaluate and Analyze Block chain Systems
List of experiments:

1. Install and understand Docker container, Node.js, Java and Hyperledger Fabric,
Ethereum and perform necessary software installation on local machine/create
instance on cloud to run.
2. Create and deploy a blockchain network using Hyperledger Fabric SDK for Java
Set up and initialize the channel, install and instantiate chain code, and perform
invoke and query on your blockchain network.
3. Interact with a blockchain network. Execute transactions and requests against a
blockchain network by creating an app to test the network and its rules.
4. Deploy an asset-transfer app using blockchain. Learn app development within a
Hyperledger Fabric network.
5. Use blockchain to track fitness club rewards. Build a web app that uses Hyperledger
Fabric to track and trace member rewards.
6. Car auction network: A Hello World example with Hyperledger Fabric Node SDK
and IBM Blockchain Starter Plan. Use Hyperledger Fabric to invoke chain code
while storing results and data in the starter plan
7. Creating a Crypto-currency Wallet
8. Implement Mining using block chain
9. Implement peer-to-peer using block chain
TOTAL: 30 PERIODS

COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Understand the basics of Blockchain
CO1: Learn Different protocols and consensus algorithms in Blockchain
CO1: Learn the Blockchain implementation frameworks
CO1: Understand the Blockchain Applications
CO1: Experiment the Hyperledger Fabric, Ethereum networks

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 94

 Department of CSE, PEC

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 2 1 2 1 - - - - 1 2 2 2 1 2 3
2 2 1 3 1 - - - - 2 3 3 2 1 3 1
3 2 2 1 2 1 - - - 1 2 1 3 2 3 2
4 2 2 1 3 - - - - 3 1 1 1 2 1 2
5 1 3 3 1 3 - - - 1 1 1 1 2 1 2
AVg. 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-“- no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 95

 Department of CSE, PEC

HS23801 HUMAN VALUES AND PROFESSIONAL ETHICS L T P C

3 0 0 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

1. To understand and appreciate the ethical issues faced by an individual in profession,

society and polity.
2. To understand the negative health impacts of certain unhealthy behavior.
3. To appreciate the need and importance of physical, emotional health and social health.
4. To understand the ethical concerns in the field of research, academics etc.
5. To Identify the main typologies, characteristics, activities, actors and forms of cybercrime.

UNIT 1: Being Good and Responsible 10

Gandhian values such as truth and non-violence – Comparative analysis on leaders of past and
present – Society’s interests versus self-interests - Personal Social Responsibility: Helping the
needy, charity and serving the society.

UNIT 2: Social Issues 10

Harassment – Types - Prevention of harassment, Violence and Terrorism, Corruption: Ethical

values, causes, impact, laws, prevention – Electoral malpractices; White collar crimes - Tax
evasions – Unfair trade practices.

UNIT 3: Addiction and Health 10

Peer pressure - Alcoholism: Ethical values, causes, impact, laws, prevention – Ill effects of
smoking - Prevention of Suicides; Sexual Health: Prevention and impact of pre-marital pregnancy
and Sexually Transmitted Diseases. Drug abuse: Abuse of different types of legal and illegal drugs:
Ethical values, causes, impact, laws and prevention.

UNIT 4: Personal and Professional Ethics 5

Dishonesty - Stealing - Malpractices in Examinations – Plagiarism

UNIT 5: Abuse of Technologies 10

Hacking and other cyber-crimes, Addiction to mobile phone usage, Video games and Social
networking websites.
TOTAL:45 PERIODS

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Follow sound morals and ethical values scrupulously to prove as good citizens.

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 96

 Department of CSE, PEC

CO2: Understand various social problems and learn to act ethically.

CO3: Understand the concept of addiction and how it will affect physical and mental health.
CO4: Identify ethical concerns in research and intellectual contexts, including academic integrity,
the objective presentation of data, and the treatment of human subjects.
CO5: Identify the main typologies, characteristics, activities, actors and forms of cybercrime.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. R R Gaur, R Asthana, G P Bagaria, “A Foundation Course in Human Values and
Professional Ethics”, 2019, 2nd Revised Edition, Excel Books, New Delhi.
2. Hartmann, N., “Moral Values” , 2017, United Kingdom: Taylor & Francis.

REFERENCES:
1. Rachels, James & Stuart Rachels, “The Elements of Moral Philosophy”, 9th edition, 2019,
New York: McGraw-Hill Education.
2. Blackburn, S. “Ethics: A Very Short Introduction”, 2001, Oxford University Press.
3. Dhaliwal, K.K , “Gandhian Philosophy of Ethics: A Study of Relationship between his
Presupposition and Precepts”, 2016, Writers Choice, New Delhi, India.
4. Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment, “Magnitude of Substance Use in India”,
2019, Government of India.
5. Ministry of Home Affairs, “Accidental Deaths and Suicides in India”, 2019, Government
of India.
6. Ministry of Home Affairs, “A Handbook for Adolescents/ Students on Cyber Safety”,
2018, Government of India.

CO’s PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 12 1 2 3
1
1 1 2 2 2 3 1 2
2 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2
3 3 1 2 1 2 3 1 3
4 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 1 1
5 3 2 2 2 3 3 3
AVg. 3 2 2

1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-“- no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus | B.E - CSE | R2023 97

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2301 EXPLORATORY DATA ANALYSIS LTPC

2 023
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To outline an overview of exploratory data analysis.
• To implement data visualization using Matplotlib.
• To perform univariate data exploration and analysis.
• To apply bivariate data exploration and analysis.
• To use Data exploration and visualization techniques for multivariate and time series data.

UNIT I EXPLORATORY DATA ANALYSIS 6

EDA fundamentals – Understanding data science – Significance of EDA – Making sense of data –
Comparing EDA with classical and Bayesian analysis – Software tools for EDA - Visual Aids for
EDA- Data transformation techniques-merging database, reshaping and pivoting, Transformation
techniques.

UNIT II EDA USING PYTHON 6

Data Manipulation using Pandas – Pandas Objects – Data Indexing and Selection – Operating on
Data – Handling Missing Data – Hierarchical Indexing – Combining datasets – Concat, Append,
Merge and Join – Aggregation and grouping – Pivot Tables – Vectorized String Operations.

UNIT III UNIVARIATE ANALYSIS 6

Introduction to Single variable: Distribution Variables - Numerical Summaries of Level and Spread -
Scaling and Standardizing – Inequality.

UNIT IV BIVARIATE ANALYSIS 6

Relationships between Two Variables - Percentage Tables - Analysing Contingency Tables -
Handling Several Batches - Scatterplots and Resistant Lines.

UNIT V MULTIVARIATE AND TIME SERIES ANALYSIS 6

Introducing a Third Variable - Causal Explanations - Three-Variable Contingency Tables and
Beyond – Fundamentals of TSA – Characteristics of time series data – Data Cleaning – Time-based
indexing – Visualizing – Grouping – Resampling.
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
1. Install the data Analysis and Visualization tool: R/ Python /Tableau Public/ Power BI.
2. Perform exploratory data analysis (EDA) with datasets like email data set. Export all your
emails as a dataset, import them inside a pandas data frame, visualize them and get different
insights from the data.
3. Working with NumPy arrays, Pandas data frames, Basic plots using Matplotlib.
4. Explore various variable and row filters in R for cleaning data. Apply various plot features in
R on sample data sets and visualize.
5. Perform Time Series Analysis and apply the various visualization techniques.
6. Perform Data Analysis and representation on a Map using various Map data sets with Mouse
Rollover effect, user interaction, etc..

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

98
 Department of CSE,PEC

7. Build cartographic visualization for multiple datasets involving various countries of the world;
states and districts in India etc.
8. Perform EDA on Wine Quality Data Set.
9. Use a case study on a data set and apply the various EDA and visualization techniques and
present an analysis report.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Understand the fundamentals of exploratory data analysis.
CO2: Implement the data visualization using Matplotlib.
CO3: Perform univariate data exploration and analysis.
CO4: Apply bivariate data exploration and analysis.
CO5: Use Data exploration and visualization techniques for multivariate and time series data.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Suresh Kumar Mukhiya, Usman Ahmed, “Hands-On Exploratory Data Analysis with Python”,
Packt Publishing, 2020. (Unit 1)
2. Jake Vander Plas, "Python Data Science Handbook: Essential Tools for Working with Data",
First Edition, O Reilly, 2017. (Unit 2)
3. Catherine Marsh, Jane Elliott, “Exploring Data: An Introduction to Data Analysis for Social
Scientists”, Wiley Publications, 2nd Edition, 2008. (Unit 3,4,5)

REFERENCES:
1. Eric Pimpler, Data Visualization and Exploration with R, GeoSpatial Training service, 2017.
2. Claus O. Wilke, “Fundamentals of Data Visualization”, O’reilly publications, 2019.
3. Matthew O. Ward, Georges Grinstein, Daniel Keim, “Interactive Data Visualization:
Foundations, Techniques, and Applications”, 2nd Edition, CRC press, 2015.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 3 2 3 3 2
2 2 2 2 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 2 1 2 3
3 2 3 2 2 3 - - - 2 2 2 1 2 3 1
4 2 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 1 2 2 2
5 2 2 3 2 1 - - - 1 2 2 1 2 2 3
AVg. 2.2 2.2 2.4 2.4 2.6 - - - 2.2 2 2.2 1.4 2 2.4 2.2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

99
 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2302 RECOMMENDER SYSTEMS LTPC

2 023
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the foundations of the recommender system.
• To learn the significance of machine learning and data mining algorithms for
• Recommender systems
• To learn about collaborative filtering
• To make students design and implement a recommender system.

To learn collaborative filtering.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 6
Introduction and basic taxonomy of recommender systems - Traditional and non-personalized
Recommender Systems - Overview of data mining methods for recommender systems- similarity
measures- Dimensionality reduction – Singular Value Decomposition (SVD)

Suggested Activities:

• Practical learning – Implement Data similarity measures.

• External Learning – Singular Value Decomposition (SVD) applications

Suggested Evaluation Methods:

• Quiz on Recommender systems.

• Quiz of python tools available for implementing Recommender systems

UNIT II CONTENT-BASED RECOMMENDATION SYSTEMS 6

High-level architecture of content-based systems - Item profiles, Representing item profiles, Methods
for learning user profiles, Similarity-based retrieval, and Classification algorithms.

Suggested Activities:
• Assignment on content-based recommendation systems
• Assignment of learning user profiles

Suggested Evaluation Methods:

• Quiz on similarity-based retrieval.
• Quiz of content-based filtering

UNIT III COLLABORATIVE FILTERING 6

A systematic approach, Nearest-neighbor collaborative filtering (CF), user-based and item-based CF,
components of neighborhood methods (rating normalization, similarity weight computation, and
neighborhood selection

Suggested Activities:
● Practical learning – Implement collaborative filtering concepts
● Assignment of security aspects of recommender systems
Suggested Evaluation Methods:
● Quiz on collaborative filtering
● Seminar on security measures of recommender systems

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

100
 Department of CSE,PEC

UNIT IV ATTACK-RESISTANT RECOMMENDER SYSTEMS 6

Introduction – Types of Attacks – Detecting attacks on recommender systems – Individual attack –
Group attack – Strategies for robust recommender design - Robust recommendation algorithms.

Suggested Activities:
● Group Discussion on attacks and their mitigation
● Study of the impact of group attacks
● External Learning – Use of CAPTCHAs

Suggested Evaluation Methods:

● Quiz on attacks on recommender systems
● Seminar on preventing attacks using the CAPTCHAs

UNIT V EVALUATING RECOMMENDER SYSTEMS 6

Evaluating Paradigms – User Studies – Online and Offline evaluation – Goals of evaluation design
– Design Issues – Accuracy metrics – Limitations of Evaluation measures

Suggested Activities:
● Group Discussion on goals of evaluation design
● Study of accuracy metrics

Suggested Evaluation Methods:

● Quiz on evaluation design
● Problems on accuracy measures 30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES 30 PERIODS
1. Implement Data similarity measures using Python
2. Implement dimension reduction techniques for recommender systems
3. Implement user profile learning
4. Implement content-based recommendation systems
5. Implement collaborative filter techniques
6. Create an attack for tampering with recommender systems
7. Implement accuracy metrics like Receiver Operated Characteristic curves
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of the course, the students will be able to:
CO1:Understand the basic concepts of recommender systems.
CO2:Implement machine-learning and data-mining algorithms in recommender systems data sets.
CO3:Implementation of Collaborative Filtering in carrying out performance evaluation of
recommender systems based on various metrics.
CO4:Design and implement a simple recommender system.
CO5:Learn about advanced topics of recommender systems.
CO6:Learn about advanced topics of recommender systems applications

TEXTBOOKS:
1. Charu C. Aggarwal, Recommender Systems: The Textbook, Springer, 2016.
2. Dietmar Jannach , Markus Zanker , Alexander Felfernig and Gerhard Friedrich ,
Recommender Systems: An Introduction, Cambridge University Press (2011), 1st ed.
3. Francesco Ricci , Lior Rokach , Bracha Shapira , Recommender Sytems Handbook, 1st ed,
Springer (2011),

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

101
 Department of CSE,PEC

4. Jure Leskovec, Anand Rajaraman, Jeffrey David Ullman, Mining of massive datasets,
3 rdedition, Cambridge University Press, 2020.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 2 2 1 2 1 - - - 1 - - 1 - - -
2 1 2 - - 1 - - - - - - 1 - - -
3 2 3 1 - 1 - - - 2 - - - - - -
4 3 2 2 2 1 - - - 2 - - 2 - - -
5 1 1 - 2 1 - - - - - - 1 - - -
6 2 2 1 1 1 - - - - - - 1 - - -
AVg 1.83 2 0.83 1.16 1 - - - 0.83 - - 1 - - -
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

102
 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2303 NEURAL NETWORKS AND DEEP LEARNING L T PC

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the basics in deep neural networks
• To understand the basics of associative memory and unsupervised learning networks
• To apply CNN architectures of deep neural networks
• To analyze the key computations underlying deep learning, then use them to build and train
deep neural networks for various tasks.
• To apply autoencoders and generative models for suitable applications.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 6
Neural Networks-Application Scope of Neural Networks-Artificial Neural Network: An Introduction-
Evolution of Neural Networks-Basic Models of Artificial Neural Network- Important Terminologies of
ANNs-Supervised Learning Network.

UNIT II ASSOCIATIVE MEMORY AND UNSUPERVISED LEARNING NETWORKS 6

Training Algorithms for Pattern Association-Auto associative Memory Network-Hetero associative
Memory Network-Bidirectional Associative Memory (BAM)-Hopfield Networks-Iterative Auto
associative Memory Networks-Temporal Associative Memory Network-Fixed Weight Competitive
Nets-Kohonen Self-Organizing Feature Maps-Learning Vector Quantization-Counter propagation
Networks-Adaptive Resonance Theory Network.

UNIT III THIRD-GENERATION NEURAL NETWORKS 6

Spiking Neural Networks-Convolutional Neural Networks-Deep Learning Neural Networks-Extreme
Learning Machine Model-Convolutional Neural Networks: The Convolution Operation – Motivation –
Pooling – Variants of the basic Convolution Function – Structured Outputs – Data Types – Efficient
Convolution Algorithms – Neuroscientific Basis – Applications: Computer Vision, Image Generation,
Image Compression.

UNIT IV DEEP FEEDFORWARD NETWORKS 6

History of Deep Learning- A Probabilistic Theory of Deep Learning- Gradient Learning – Chain Rule
and Backpropagation - Regularization: Dataset Augmentation – Noise Robustness -Early Stopping,
Bagging and Dropout - batch normalization- VC Dimension and Neural Nets.

UNIT V RECURRENT NEURAL NETWORKS 6

Recurrent Neural Networks: Introduction – Recursive Neural Networks – Bidirectional RNNs – Deep
Recurrent Networks – Applications: Image Generation, Image Compression, Natural Language
Processing. Complete Auto encoder, Regularized Autoencoder, Stochastic Encoders and Decoders,
Contractive Encoders.

30 PERIODS
LAB EXPERIMENTS: 30 PERIODS
1. Implement simple vector addition in TensorFlow.
2. Implement a regression model in Keras.
3. Implement a perceptron in TensorFlow/Keras Environment.
4. Implement a Feed-Forward Network in TensorFlow/Keras.
5. Implement an Image Classifier using CNN in TensorFlow/Keras.
6. Improve the Deep learning model by fine tuning hyper parameters.
7. Implement a Transfer Learning concept in Image Classification.

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

103
 Department of CSE,PEC

8. Using a pre trained model on Keras for Transfer Learning

9. Perform Sentiment Analysis using RNN
10. Implement an LSTM based Autoencoder in TensorFlow/Keras.
11. Image generation using GAN
Additional Experiments:
12. Train a Deep learning model to classify a given image using pre trained model
13. Recommendation system from sales data using Deep Learning
14. Implement Object Detection using CNN
15. Implement any simple Reinforcement Algorithm for an NLP problem

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Apply Convolution Neural Network for image processing
CO2: Understand the basics of associative memory and unsupervised learning networks
CO3: Apply CNN and its variants for suitable applications
CO4: Analyze the key computations underlying deep learning and use them to build and train
deep neural networks for various tasks
CO5: Apply autoencoders and generative models for suitable applications.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ian Goodfellow, Yoshua Bengio, Aaron Courville, “Deep Learning”, MIT Press, 2016.
2. Francois Chollet, “Deep Learning with Python”, Second Edition, Manning Publications,
2021.

REFERENCES:
1. Aurélien Géron, “Hands-On Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn and TensorFlow”, Oreilly,
2018.
2. Josh Patterson, Adam Gibson, “Deep Learning: A Practitioner’s Approach”, O’Reilly Media,
2017.
3. Charu C. Aggarwal, “Neural Networks and Deep Learning: A Textbook”, Springer
International Publishing, 1st Edition, 2018.
4. Learn Keras for Deep Neural Networks, Jojo Moolayil, Apress,2018
5. Deep Learning Projects Using TensorFlow 2, Vinita Silaparasetty, Apress, 2020
6. Deep Learning with Python, FRANÇOIS CHOLLET, MANNING SHELTER ISLAND,2017.
7. S Rajasekaran, G A Vijayalakshmi Pai, “Neural Networks, FuzzyLogic and Genetic
Algorithm, Synthesis and Applications”, PHI Learning, 2017.
8. Pro Deep Learning with TensorFlow, Santanu Pattanayak, Apress,2017
9. James A Freeman, David M S Kapura, “Neural Networks Algorithms, Applications, and
Programming Techniques”, Addison Wesley, 2003.

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

104
 Department of CSE,PEC

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 3 2 3 1 - - 2 1 - - 2 2 1
2 3 1 2 1 - - - - - 1 2 2 - 1 -
3 3 3 3 3 3 1 - - 2 1 - - 2 2 1
4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 2 - 2 3 2 2 2
5 1 1 3 2 3 - - - 2 - - - 1 1 -
AVg. 2.6 2 2.8 2.2 2.4 0.4 0 0 1.6 0.6 0.8 1 1.4 1.6 0.8
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

105
 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2304 TEXT AND SPEECH ANALYSIS L T PC

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• Understand natural language processing basics
• Apply classification algorithms to text documents
• Build question-answering and dialogue systems
• Develop a speech recognition system
• Develop a speech synthesizer

UNIT I NATURAL LANGUAGE BASICS 6

Foundations of natural language processing – Language Syntax and Structure- Text Preprocessing
and Wrangling – Text tokenization – Stemming – Lemmatization – Removing stop-words – Feature
Engineering for Text representation – Bag of Words model- Bag of N-Grams model – TF-IDF model

Suggested Activities
● Flipped classroom on NLP
● Implementation of Text Preprocessing using NLTK
● Implementation of TF-IDF models

Suggested Evaluation Methods

• Quiz on NLP Basics
• Demonstration of Programs
UNITII TEXT CLASSIFICATION 6
Vector Semantics and Embeddings -Word Embeddings - Word2Vec model – Glove model –
FastText model – Overview of Deep Learning models – RNN – Transformers – Overview of Text
summarization and Topic Models

Suggested
Activities
• Flipped classroom on Feature extraction of documents
• Implementation of SVM models for text classification
• External learning: Text summarization and Topic models

Suggested Evaluation Methods

• Assignment on above topics
• Quiz on RNN, Transformers
• Implementing NLP with RNN and Transformers

UNIT III QUESTION ANSWERING AND DIALOGUE SYSTEMS 9

Information retrieval – IR-based question answering – knowledge-based question answering –
language models for QA – classic QA models – chatbots – Design of dialogue systems -–
evaluating dialogue systems

Suggested Activities:
• Flipped classroom on language models for QA
• Developing a knowledge-based question-answering system
• Classic QA model development

Suggested Evaluation Methods

Assignment on the above topics
• Quiz on knowledge-based question answering system

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

106
 Department of CSE,PEC

• Development of simple chatbots

UNIT IV TEXT-TO-SPEECH SYNTHESIS 6

Overview. Text normalization. Letter-to-sound. Prosody, Evaluation. Signal processing -
Concatenative and parametric approaches, WaveNet and other deep learning-based TTS
systems

Suggested Activities:
• Flipped classroom on Speech signalprocessing
• Exploring Text normalization
• Data collection
• Implementation of TTS systems
Suggested Evaluation Methods
• Assignment on the above topics
• Quiz on wavenet, deep learning-based TTS systems
• Finding accuracy with different TTS systems

UNIT V AUTOMATIC SPEECH RECOGNITION 6

Speech recognition: Acoustic modelling – Feature Extraction - HMM, HMM-DNN systems

Suggested Activities:
• Flipped classroom on Speech recognition.
• Exploring Feature extraction

Suggested Evaluation Methods

• Assignment on the above topics
• Quiz on acoustic modelling
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES 30 PERIODS
1. Create Regular expressions in Python for detecting word patterns and tokenizing text
2. Getting started with Python and NLTK - Searching Text, Counting Vocabulary, Frequency
Distribution, Collocations, Bigrams
3. Accessing Text Corpora using NLTK in Python
4. Write a function that finds the 50 most frequently occurring words of a text that are not stop
words.
5. Implement the Word2Vec model
6. Use a transformer for implementing classification
7. Design a chatbot with a simple dialog system
8. Convert text to speech and find accuracy
9. Design a speech recognition system and find the error rate
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

107
 Department of CSE,PEC

COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Explain existing and emerging deep learning architectures for text and speech processing
CO2: Apply deep learning techniques for NLP tasks, language modelling and machine translation
CO3: Explain coreference and coherence for text processing
CO4: Build question-answering systems, chatbots and dialogue systems
CO5: Apply deep learning models for building speech recognition and text-to-speech systems

TEXTBOOK
1. Daniel Jurafsky and James H. Martin, “Speech and Language Processing: An Introduction
to Natural Language Processing, Computational Linguistics, and Speech Recognition”,
Third Edition, 2022.
REFERENCES:
1. Dipanjan Sarkar, “Text Analytics with Python: A Practical Real-World approach to Gaining
Actionable insights from your data”, APress,2018.
2. Tanveer Siddiqui, Tiwary U S, “Natural Language Processing and Information Retrieval”,
Oxford University Press, 2008.
3. Lawrence Rabiner, Biing-Hwang Juang, B. Yegnanarayana, “Fundamentals of Speech
Recognition” 1st Edition, Pearson, 2009.
4. Steven Bird, Ewan Klein, and Edward Loper, “Natural language processing with Python”,
O’REILLY.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 3 1 3 - - - 1 2 1 2 1 1 1
2 3 1 2 1 3 - - - 2 2 1 3 3 2 1
3 2 2 1 3 1 - - - 3 3 1 2 3 3 1
4 2 1 1 1 2 - - - 2 1 2 2 3 1 1
5 1 3 2 2 1 - - - 3 2 1 1 2 3 1
AVg. 2.2 1.8 1.8 1.6 2 - - - 2.2 2 1.2 2 2.4 2 1
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

108
 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2305 BUSINESS ANALYTICS L T PC

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the Analytics Life Cycle.
• To comprehend the process of acquiring Business Intelligence
• To understand various types of analytics for Business Forecasting
• To model the supply chain management for Analytics.
• To apply analytics for different functions of a business

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS ANALYTICS 6

Analytics and Data Science – Analytics Life Cycle – Types of Analytics – Business Problem Definition
– Data Collection – Data Preparation – Hypothesis Generation – Modeling – Validation and
Evaluation – Interpretation – Deployment and Iteration

UNIT II BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE 6

Data Warehouses and Data Mart - Knowledge Management –Types of Decisions - Decision Making
Process - Decision Support Systems – Business Intelligence –OLAP – Analytic functions

UNIT III BUSINESS FORECASTING 6

Introduction to Business Forecasting and Predictive analytics - Logic and Data Driven Models –Data
Mining and Predictive Analysis Modelling –Machine Learning for Predictive analytics.

UNIT IV HR & SUPPLY CHAIN ANALYTICS 6

Human Resources – Planning and Recruitment – Training and Development - Supply chain network
- Planning Demand, Inventory and Supply – Logistics – Analytics applications in HR & Supply Chain
- Applying HR Analytics to make a prediction of the demand for hourly employees for a year.

UNIT V MARKETING & SALES ANALYTICS 6

Marketing Strategy, Marketing Mix, Customer Behaviour –selling Process – Sales Planning –
Analytics applications in Marketing and Sales - predictive analytics for customers' behaviour in
marketing and sales.

30 PERIODS
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

Use MS-Excel and Power-BI to perform the following experiments using a Business data set, and
make presentations.
Students may be encouraged to bring their own real-time socially relevant data set.

I Cycle – MS Excel
1. Explore the features of Ms-Excel.
2. (i) Get the input from user and perform numerical operations (MAX, MIN, AVG, SUM,
SQRT, ROUND)
ii) Perform data import/export operations for different file formats.

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

109
 Department of CSE,PEC

3. Perform statistical operations - Mean, Median, Mode and Standard deviation, Variance,
Skewness, Kurtosis
4. Perform Z-test, T-test & ANOVA
5. Perform data pre-processing operations i) Handling Missing data ii) Normalization
6. Perform dimensionality reduction operation using PCA, KPCA & SVD
7. Perform bivariate and multivariate analysis on the dataset.
8. Apply and explore various plotting functions on the data set.

II Cycle – Power BI Desktop

9. Explore the features of Power BI Desktop
10. Prepare & Load data
11. Develop the data model
12. Perform DAX calculations
13. Design a report
14. Create a dashboard and perform data analysis
15. Presentation of a case study
30 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Explain the real world business problems and model with analytical solutions.
CO2: Identify the business processes for extracting Business Intelligence
CO3 : Apply predictive analytics for business fore-casting
CO4: Apply analytics for supply chain and logistics management
CO5: Use analytics for marketing and sales.

TOTAL :60 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS
1. R.EvansJames, Business Analytics, 2nd Edition, Pearson, 2017

2. RNPrasad, SeemaAcharya, Fundamentals of Business Analytics, 2nd Edition, Wiley,

2016
3. Philip Kotler and Kevin Keller, Marketing Management, 15th edition, PHI, 2016
4. VSP RAO, Human Resource Management, 3rd Edition, Excel Books, 2010.
5. Mahadevan B, “Operations Management -Theory and Practice”,3rd Edition,
Pearson Education,2018.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 2 2 3 1 1 - - - 1 2 1 1 3 2 1
2 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 1 2 2 2 3 1 2
3 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 3 1 1 3 3 1 2
4 2 1 1 2 2 - - - 3 3 2 1 1 3 1
5 2 3 2 3 2 - - - 3 3 1 3 3 1 1
AVg. 2.2 2.2 2.4 2.2 2 - - - 2.2 2.2 1.4 2 2.6 1.6 1.4
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

110
 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2306 COMPUTER VISION LT P C

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the fundamental concepts related to Image formation and processing.
• To learn feature detection, matching and detection
• To become familiar with feature based alignment and motion estimation
• To develop skills on 3D reconstruction
• To understand image based rendering and recognition

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO IMAGE FORMATION AND PROCESSING 6

Computer Vision - Geometric primitives and transformations - Photometric image formation -
The digital camera - Point operators - Linear filtering - More neighborhood operators - Fourier
transforms- Pyramids and wavelets - Geometric transformations - Global optimization.

UNIT II FEATURE DETECTION, MATCHING AND SEGMENTATION 6

Points and patches - Edges - Lines - Segmentation - Active contours - Split and merge - Mean shift
and mode finding - Normalized cuts - Graph cuts and energy-based methods.

UNIT III FEATURE-BASED ALIGNMENT & MOTION ESTIMATION 6

2D and 3D feature-based alignment - Pose estimation - Geometric intrinsic calibration - Triangulation
- Two-frame structure from motion - Factorization - Bundle adjustment - Constrained structure and
motion - Translational alignment - Parametric motion - Spline-based motion - Optical flow - Layered
motion.

UNIT IV 3D RECONSTRUCTION 6
Shape from X - Active range finding - Surface representations - Point-based representations-
Volumetric representations - Model-based reconstruction - Recovering texture maps and albedosos.

UNIT V IMAGE-BASED RENDERING AND RECOGNITION 6

View interpolation Layered depth images - Light fields and Lumigraphs - Environment mattes - Video-
based rendering-Object detection - Face recognition - Instance recognition - Category recognition -
Context and scene understanding- Recognition databases and test sets.
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
LABORATORY EXPERIMENTS:
Software needed:
OpenCV computer vision Library for OpenCV in Python / PyCharm or C++ / Visual Studio or or
equivalent

• OpenCV Installation and working with Python

• Basic Image Processing - loading images, Cropping, Resizing, Thresholding, Contour
analysis, Bolb detection
• Image Annotation – Drawing lines, text circle, rectangle, ellipse on images
• Image Enhancement - Understanding Color spaces, color space conversion, Histogram
equialization, Convolution, Image smoothing, Gradients, Edge Detection
• Image Features and Image Alignment – Image transforms – Fourier, Hough, Extract ORB

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

111
 Department of CSE,PEC

Image features, Feature matching, cloning, Feature matching based image alignment
• Image segmentation using Graphcut / Grabcut
• Camera Calibration with circular grid
• Pose Estimation
• 3D Reconstruction – Creating Depth map from stereo images
• Object Detection and Tracking using Kalman Filter, Camshift

1. docs.opencv.org
2. https://opencv.org/opencv-free-course/

TOTAL : 60 PERIODS

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1:To understand basic knowledge, theories and methods in image processing and computer
vision.
CO2:To implement basic and some advanced image processing techniques in OpenCV.
CO3:To apply 2D a feature-based based image alignment, segmentation and motion estimations.
CO4:To apply 3D image reconstruction techniques
CO5:To design and develop innovative image processing and computer vision applications.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Richard Szeliski, “Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications”, Springer- Texts in
Computer Science, Second Edition, 2022.
2. Computer Vision: A Modern Approach, D. A. Forsyth, J. Ponce, Pearson Education, Second
Edition, 2015.
REFERENCES:
1. Richard Hartley and Andrew Zisserman, Multiple View Geometry in Computer Vision,
Second Edition, Cambridge University Press, March 2004.
2. Christopher M. Bishop; Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer, 2006
3. E. R. Davies, Computer and Machine Vision, Fourth Edition, Academic Press, 2012.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 1 1 1 1 - - - 2 1 3 2 2 1 1
2 3 3 3 2 3 - 1 - 2 1 2 2 3 1 2
3 3 3 2 2 3 - - - 1 1 2 2 3 2 2
4 2 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 1 2 3 2 2 3
5 2 3 3 2 2 2 - - 3 1 2 3 3 3 3
AVg. 2.6 2.6 2.4 1.8 2.4 0.4 0.25 0 2 1 2.2 2.4 2.6 1.8 2.2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

112
 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2307 BIG DATA ANALYTICS L T PC

2 0 23
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand big data.
• To learn and use NoSQL big data management.
• To learn mapreduce analytics using Hadoop and related tools.
• To work with map reduce applications
• To understand the usage of Hadoop related tools for Big Data Analytics

UNIT I UNDERSTANDING BIG DATA 5

Introduction to big data – convergence of key trends – unstructured data – industry examples of big
data – web analytics – big data applications– big data technologies – introduction to Hadoop – open
source technologies – cloud and big data – mobile business intelligence – Crowd sourcing analytics
– inter and trans firewall analytics.

UNIT II NOSQL DATA MANAGEMENT 7

Introduction to NoSQL – aggregate data models – key-value and document data models –
relationships – graph databases – schemaless databases – materialized views – distribution models
– master-slave replication – consistency - Cassandra – Cassandra data model – Cassandra
examples – Cassandra clients

UNIT III MAP REDUCE APPLICATIONS 6

MapReduce workflows – unit tests with MRUnit – test data and local tests – anatomy of MapReduce
job run – classic Map-reduce – YARN – failures in classic Map-reduce and YARN – job scheduling
– shuffle and sort – task execution – MapReduce types – input formats – output formats.

UNIT IV BASICS OF HADOOP 6

Data format – analyzing data with Hadoop – scaling out – Hadoop streaming – Hadoop pipes –
design of Hadoop distributed file system (HDFS) – HDFS concepts – Java interface – data flow –
Hadoop I/O – data integrity – compression – serialization – Avro – file-based data structures -
Cassandra – Hadoop integration.

UNIT V HADOOP RELATED TOOLS 6

Hbase – data model and implementations – Hbase clients – Hbase examples – praxis.
Pig – Grunt – pig data model – Pig Latin – developing and testing Pig Latin scripts.
Hive – data types and file formats – HiveQL data definition – HiveQL data manipulation – HiveQL
queries.
30 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After the completion of this course, students will be able to:
CO1:Describe big data and use cases from selected business domains.
CO2:Explain NoSQL big data management.
CO3:Install, configure, and run Hadoop and HDFS.
CO4:Perform map-reduce analytics using Hadoop.
CO5:Use Hadoop-related tools such as HBase, Cassandra, Pig, and Hive for
big data analytics.

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

113
 Department of CSE,PEC

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 30 PERIODS

1. Downloading and installing Hadoop; Understanding different Hadoop modes. Startup
scripts, Configuration files.
2. Hadoop Implementation of file management tasks, such as Adding files and directories,
retrieving files and Deleting files
3. Implement of Matrix Multiplication with Hadoop Map Reduce
4. Run a basic Word Count Map Reduce program to understand Map Reduce Paradigm.
5. Installation of Hive along with practice examples.
7. Installation of HBase, Installing thrift along with Practice examples
8. Practice importing and exporting data from various databases.

Software Requirements:
Cassandra, Hadoop, Java, Pig, Hive and HBase.

TOTAL:60 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Michael Minelli, Michelle Chambers, and AmbigaDhiraj, "Big Data, Big
Analytics: Emerging Business Intelligence and Analytic Trends for Today's
Businesses", Wiley,
2013.
2. Eric Sammer, "Hadoop Operations", O'Reilley, 2012.
3. Sadalage, Pramod J. “NoSQL distilled”, 2013

REFERENCES:
1. E. Capriolo, D. Wampler, and J. Rutherglen, "Programming Hive", O'Reilley, 2012.
2. Lars George, "HBase: The Definitive Guide", O'Reilley, 2011.
3. Eben Hewitt, "Cassandra: The Definitive Guide", O'Reilley, 2010.
4. Alan Gates, "Programming Pig", O'Reilley, 2011.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 3 1 1 3 3
2 3 3 2 3 2 - - - 2 2 3 3 2 3 2
3 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 2 1 2 2 3 3
4 2 3 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 3 2 3 3 2
5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 1 3 2 3 2 3
AVg. 2.8 3 2.8 2.8 2.8 - - - 2.2 1.8 2.6 2 2.2 2.8 2.6
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

114
 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2308 WEB TECHNOLOGIES

L T P C
2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand different Internet Technologies
• To learn java-specific web services architecture
• To Develop web applications using frameworks

UNIT I WEBSITE BASICS, HTML 5, CSS 3, WEB 2.0 7

Web Essentials: Clients, Servers and Communication – The Internet – World wide web – HTTP
Request Message – HTTP Response Message – Web Clients – Web Servers – HTML5 – Tables –
Lists – Image – HTML5 control elements – Drag and Drop – Audio – Video controls - CSS3 – Inline,
embedded and external style sheets – Rule cascading – Inheritance – Backgrounds – Border Images
– Colors – Shadows – Text – Transformations – Transitions – Animations. Bootstrap Framework

UNIT II CLIENT SIDE PROGRAMMING 6

Java Script: An introduction to JavaScript–JavaScript DOM Model-Exception Handling-Validation-
Built-in objects-Event Handling- DHTML with JavaScript- JSON introduction – Syntax – Function
Files.

UNIT III SERVER SIDE PROGRAMMING 5

Servlets: Java Servlet Architecture- Servlet Life Cycle- Form GET and POST actions- Session
Handling- Understanding Cookies- DATABASE CONNECTIVITY: JDBC.

UNIT IV PHP and XML 6

An introduction to PHP: PHP- Using PHP- Variables- Program control- Built-in functions- Form
Validation. XML: Basic XML- Document Type Definition- XML Schema, XML Parsers and Validation,
XSL ,

UNIT V INTRODUCTION TO ANGULAR and WEB APPLICATIONS FRAMEWORKS 6

Introduction to AngularJS, MVC Architecture, Understanding ng attributes, Expressions and data
binding, Conditional Directives, Style Directives, Controllers, Filters, Forms, Routers, Modules,
Services; Web Applications Frameworks and Tools – Firebase- Docker- Node JS- React- Django-
UI & UX.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Construct a basic website using HTML and Cascading Style Sheets
CO2: Build dynamic web page with validation using Java Script objects and by applying different
event handling mechanisms.
CO3: Develop server side programs using Servlets and JSP.
CO4: Construct simple web pages in PHP and to represent data in XML format.
CO5: Develop interactive web applications.
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
List Of Experiments:
1. Create a web page with the following using HTML.
• To embed an image map in a web page.
• To fix the hot spots.
• Show all the related information when the hot spots are clicked.
2. Create a web page with all types of Cascading style sheets.
3. Client Side Scripts for Validating Web Form Controls using DHTML.
4. Installation of Apache Tomcat web server.
5. Write programs in Java using Servlets:
● To invoke servlets from HTML forms.
● Session Tracking. 115

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

6. Write programs in Java to create three-tier applications using JSP and Databases
● For conducting on-line examination.
● For displaying student mark list. Assume that student information is available in a database
which has been stored in a database server.
7. Programs using XML – Schema – XSLT/XSL.

TOTAL: 60 PERIODS

TEXTBOOKS:

1. Deitel and Deitel and Nieto, Internet and World Wide Web - How to Program, Prentice Hall, 5th
Edition, 2011.
2. Jeffrey C and Jackson, Web Technologies A Computer Science Perspective, Pearson
Education, 2011.
3. Angular 6 for Enterprise-Ready Web Applications, Doguhan Uluca, 1st edition, Packt
Publishing
REFERENCES:

1. Stephen Wynkoop and John Burke “Running a Perfect Website”, QUE, 2nd Edition,1999.
2. Chris Bates, Web Programming – Building Intranet Applications, 3rd Edition, Wiley
Publications, 2009.
3. Gopalan N.P. and Akilandeswari J., “Web Technology”, Prentice Hall of India, 2011.
4. UttamK.Roy, “Web Technologies”, Oxford University Press, 2011.
5. Angular: Up and Running: Learning Angular, Step by Step, Shyam Seshadri, 1st edition,
O′Reilly

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 3 3 3 - - - 1 3 3 1 3 2 3
2 2 2 2 1 2 - - - 2 2 1 3 2 2 2
3 1 1 3 2 3 - - - 1 2 1 1 1 2 1
4 2 3 3 1 2 - - - 3 1 2 2 2 2 2
5 1 2 3 2 2 - - - 2 1 3 1 1 1 2
AVg. 1.8 2 2.8 1.8 2.4 - - - 1.8 1.8 2 1.6 1.8 1.8 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

116

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2309 APP DEVELOPMENT

L T P C
2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To learn development of native applications with basic GUI Components
• To develop cross-platform applications with event handling
• To develop applications with location and data storage capabilities
• To develop web applications with database access

UNIT I FUNDAMENTALS OF MOBILE & WEB APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 6

Basics of Web and Mobile application development, Native App, Hybrid App, Cross-platform App,
What is Progressive Web App, Responsive Web design,

UNIT II NATIVE APP DEVELOPMENT USING JAVA 6

Native Web App, Benefits of Native App, Scenarios to create Native App, Tools for creating Native
App, Cons of Native App, Popular Native App Development Frameworks, Java & Kotlin for
Android, Swift & Objective-C for iOS, Basics of React Native, Native Components, JSX, State, Props

UNIT III HYBRID APP DEVELOPMENT 6

Hybrid Web App, Benefits of Hybrid App, Criteria for creating Native App, Tools for creating Hybrid
App, Cons of Hybrid App, Popular Hybrid App Development Frameworks, Ionic, Apache Cordova,

UNIT IV CROSS-PLATFORM APP DEVELOPMENT USING REACT-NATIVE 6

What is Cross-platform App, Benefits of Cross-platform App, Criteria for creating Cross-platform App,
Tools for creating Cross-platform App, Cons of Cross-platform App, Popular Cross- platform App
Development Frameworks, Flutter, Xamarin, React-Native, Basics of React Native, Native
Components, JSX, State, Props

UNIT V NON-FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS OF APP FRAMEWORKS 6

Comparison of different App frameworks, Build Performance, App Performance, Debugging
capabilities, Time to Market, Maintainability, Ease of Development, UI/UX, Reusability

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Develop Native applications with GUI Components.
CO2: Develop hybrid applications with basic event handling.
CO3: Implement cross-platform applications with location and data storage capabilities.
CO4: Implement cross platform applications with basic GUI and event handling.
CO5: Develop web applications with cloud database access
30 PERIODS

PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS

1. Using react native, build a cross platform application for a BMI calculator.
2. Build a cross platform application for a simple expense manager which allows entering
expenses and income on each day and displays category wise weekly income and expense.
3. Develop a cross platform application to convert units from imperial system to metric system
( km to miles, kg to pounds etc.,)
4. Design and develop a cross platform application for day to day task (to-do) management.
5. Design an android application using Cordova for a user login screen with username,
password, reset button and a submit button. Also, include header image and a label. Use
117
layout managers.
Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023
 Department of CSE,PEC

6. Design and develop an android application using Apache Cordova to find and display the
current location of the user.
7. Write programs using Java to create Android application having Databases
● For a simple library application.
● For displaying books available, books lend, book reservation. Assume that student
information is available in a database which has been stored in a database server.
TOTAL:60 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS
1. Head First Android Development, Dawn Griffiths, O’Reilly, 1st edition
2. Apache Cordova in Action, Raymond K. Camden, Manning. 2015
3. Full Stack React Native: Create beautiful mobile apps with JavaScript and React Native,
Anthony Accomazzo, Houssein Djirdeh, Sophia Shoemaker, Devin Abbott, FullStack
publishing
REFERENCES
1. Android Programming for Beginners, John Horton, Packt Publishing, 2nd Edition
2. Native Mobile Development by Shaun Lewis, Mike Dunn
3. Building Cross-Platform Mobile and Web Apps for Engineers and Scientists: An
ActiveLearning Approach, Pawan Lingras, Matt Triff, Rucha Lingras
4. Apache Cordova 4 Programming, John M Wargo, 2015
5. React Native Cookbook, Daniel Ward, Packt Publishing, 2nd Edition

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 2 2 1 2 3 - - - 1 1 2 1 2 3 3
2 2 1 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 3 2 1
3 2 2 2 1 2 - - - 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
4 1 3 1 1 3 - - - 1 1 3 2 1 3 1
5 1 1 3 1 3 - - - 1 1 2 1 3 2 1
AVg. 1.6 1.8 2 1.4 2.6 - - - 1.4 1.2 2 1.6 2 2.2 1.6
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

118

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2310 CLOUD SERVICES MANAGEMENT L T P C

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVE:

• Introduce Cloud Service Management terminology, definition & concepts

• Compare and contrast cloud service management with traditional IT service management
• Identify strategies to reduce risk and and eliminate issues associated with adoption of cloud
services
• Select appropriate structures for designing, deploying and running cloud- based services in a
business environment
• Illustrate the benefits and drive the adoption of cloud- based services to solve real world
problems.

UNIT I CLOUD SERVICE MANAGEMENT FUNDAMENTALS 6

Cloud Ecosystem, The Essential Characteristics, Basics of Information Technology Service
Management and Cloud Service Management, Service Perspectives, Cloud Service Models, Cloud
Service Deployment Models

UNIT II CLOUD SERVICES STRATEGY 6

Cloud Strategy Fundamentals, Cloud Strategy Management Framework, Cloud Policy, Key Driver
for Adoption, Risk Management, IT Capacity and Utilization, Demand and Capacity matching,
Demand Queueing, Change Management, Cloud Service Architecture

UNIT III CLOUD SERVICE MANAGEMENT 6

Cloud Service Reference Model, Cloud Service Lifecycle, Basics of Cloud Service Design, Dealing
with Legacy Systems and Services, Benchmarking of Cloud Services, Cloud Service Capacity
Planning, Cloud Service Deployment and Migration, Cloud Marketplace, Cloud Service Operations
Management

UNIT IV CLOUD SERVICE ECONOMICS 6

Pricing models for Cloud Services, Freemium, Pay Per Reservation, pay per User, Subscription
based Charging, Procurement of Cloud-based Services, Capex vs Opex Shift, Cloud service
Charging, Cloud Cost Models

UNIT V CLOUD SERVICE GOVERNANCE & VALUE 6

IT Governance Definition, Cloud Governance Definition, Cloud Governance Framework, Cloud
Governance Structure, Cloud Governance Considerations, Cloud Service Model Risk Matrix,
Understanding Value of Cloud Services, Measuring the value of Cloud Services, Balanced
Scorecard, Total Cost of Ownership

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Exhibit cloud-design skills to build and automate business solutions using cloud technologies.
CO2: Possess Strong theoretical foundation leading to excellence and excitement towards adoption of
cloud- based services
CO3: Solve the real-world problems using Cloud services and technologies.

30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXCERCISES: 30 PERIODS

1. Create a Cloud Organization in AWS/Google Cloud/or any equivalent Open Source

Cloud softwares like OpenStack, Eucalyptus, Open Nebula with Role-based access control
2. Create a Cost-model for a web application using various services and do Cost-benefit
analysis
3. Create alerts for usage of Cloud resources
4. Create Billing alerts for your Cloud Organization
5. Compare Cloud cost for a simple web application across AWS, Azure and GCP and suggest
the best one
119

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

TEXT BOOKS: TOTAL:60PERIODS

1. Cloud Service Management and Governance: Smart Service Management in Cloud Era by
Enamul Haque, Enel Publications
2. Cloud Computing: Concepts, Technology & Architecture by Thomas Erl, Ricardo Puttini,
Zaigham Mohammad 2013
3. Cloud Computing Design Patterns by Thomas Erl, Robert Cope, Amin Naserpour

REFERENCES:
1. Economics of Cloud Computing by Praveen Ayyappa, LAP Lambert Academic Publishing
2. Mastering Cloud Computing Foundations and Applications Programming Rajkumar Buyya,
Christian Vechhiola, S. Thamarai Selvi

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 1 1 1 - - - 2 1 3 2 2 1 3
2 3 1 2 3 2 - - - 1 2 3 1 2 2 2
3 1 1 3 1 3 - - - 3 3 1 1 3 2 1
4 1 1 1 2 3 - - - 2 3 3 1 1 1 1
5 1 3 3 2 2 - - - 1 3 1 2 1 3 2
Avg. 1.8 1.8 2 1.8 2.2 - - - 1.8 2.4 2.2 1.4 1.8 1.8 1.8
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

120

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2311 UI AND UX DESIGN L T P C

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:

• To provide a sound knowledge in UI & UX

• To understand the need for UI and UX
• To understand the various Research Methods used in Design
• To explore the various Tools used in UI & UX
• Creating a wireframe and prototype

UNIT I FOUNDATIONS OF DESIGN 6

UI vs. UX Design - Core Stages of Design Thinking - Divergent and Convergent Thinking -
Brainstorming and Game storming - Observational Empathy

UNIT II FOUNDATIONS OF UI DESIGN 6

Visual and UI Principles - UI Elements and Patterns - Interaction Behaviors and Principles –
Branding - Style Guides

UNIT III FOUNDATIONS OF UX DESIGN 6

Introduction to User Experience - Why You Should Care about User Experience - Understanding
User Experience - Defining the UX Design Process and its Methodology - Research in User
Experience Design - Tools and Method used for Research - User Needs and its Goals - Know about
Business Goals

UNIT IV WIREFRAMING, PROTOTYPING AND TESTING 6

Sketching Principles - Sketching Red Routes - Responsive Design – Wireframing – Creating
Wireflows - Building a Prototype - Building High-Fidelity Mockups - Designing Efficiently with Tools-
Interaction Patterns - Conducting Usability Tests - Other Evaluative User Research Methods -
Synthesizing Test Findings - Prototype Iteration

UNIT V RESEARCH, DESIGNING, IDEATING, & INFORMATION ARCHITECTURE 6

Identifying and Writing Problem Statements - Identifying Appropriate Research Methods – Creating
Personas - Solution Ideation - Creating User Stories - Creating Scenarios - Flow Diagrams -
FlowMapping - Information Architecture
30 PERIODS

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 30 PERIODS

1. Designing a Responsive layout for an societal application
2. Exploring various UI Interaction Patterns
3. Developing an interface with proper UI Style Guides
4. Developing Wire flow diagram for application using open source software
5. Exploring various open source collaborative interface Platform
6. Hands on Design Thinking Process for a new product
7. Brainstorming feature for proposed product
8. Defining the Look and Feel of the new Project
9. Create a Sample Pattern Library for that product (Mood board, Fonts, Colors based on
UI principles)
10. Identify a customer problem to solve
11. Conduct end-to-end user research - User research, creating personas, Ideation
process (User stories, Scenarios), Flow diagrams, Flow Mapping
12. Sketch, design with popular tool and build a prototype and perform usability testing
And identify improvements

121

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of the course, the students will be able to:
CO1:Build UI for user Applications
CO2:Evaluate UX design of any product or application
CO3:Demonstrate UX Skills in product development
CO4:Implement Sketching principles
CO5:Create Wireframe and Prototype

TEXT BOOKS

1. Joel Marsh, “UX for Beginners”, O’Reilly , 2022

2. Jon Yablonski, “Laws of UX using Psychology to Design Better Product & Services”
O’Reilly2021

REFERENCES
1. Jenifer Tidwell, Charles Brewer, Aynne Valencia, “Designing Interface” 3 rd Edition , O’Reilly
2020
2. Steve Schoger, Adam Wathan “Refactoring UI”, 2018
3. Steve Krug, “Don't Make Me Think, Revisited: A Commonsense Approach to Web &
Mobile”, Third Edition, 2015
4. https://www.nngroup.com/articles/
5. https://www.interaction-design.org/literature.
CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 1 1 3 1 - - - 3 3 2 1 3 3 1
2 2 3 1 3 2 - - - 1 2 2 2 1 2 2
3 1 3 3 2 2 - - - 2 3 1 2 1 3 3
4 1 2 3 3 1 - - - 3 2 1 3 3 3 3
5 1 2 3 2 1 - - - 2 1 1 1 3 2 2
AVg. 1.6 2.2 2.2 2.6 1.4 - - - 2.2 2.2 1.4 1.8 2.2 2.6 2.2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

122

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2312 SOFTWARE TESTING AND AUTOMATION L T PC

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the basics of software testing
• To learn how to do the testing and planning effectively
• To build test cases and execute them
• To focus on wide aspects of testing and understanding multiple facets of testing
• To get an insight about test automation and the tools used for test automation

UNIT I FOUNDATIONS OF SOFTWARE TESTING 6

Why do we test Software?, Black-Box Testing and White-Box Testing, Software Testing Life Cycle,
V-model of Software Testing, Program Correctness and Verification, Reliability versus Safety,
Failures, Errors and Faults (Defects), Software Testing Principles, Program Inspections, Stages of
Testing: Unit Testing, Integration Testing, System Testing

UNIT II TEST PLANNING 6

The Goal of Test Planning, High Level Expectations, Intergroup Responsibilities, Test Phases, Test
Strategy, Resource Requirements, Tester Assignments, Test Schedule, Test Cases, Bug Reporting,
Metrics and Statistics.

UNIT III TEST DESIGN AND EXECUTION 6

Test Objective Identification, Test Design Factors, Requirement identification, Testable
Requirements, Modeling a Test Design Process, Modeling Test Results, Boundary Value Testing,
Equivalence Class Testing, Path Testing, Data Flow Testing, Test Design Preparedness Metrics,
Test Case Design Effectiveness, Model-Driven Test Design, Test Procedures, Test Case
Organization and Tracking, Bug Reporting, Bug Life Cycle.

UNIT IV ADVANCED TESTING CONCEPTS 6

Performance Testing: Load Testing, Stress Testing, Volume Testing, Fail-Over Testing, Recovery
Testing, Configuration Testing, Compatibility Testing, Usability Testing, Testing the Documentation,
Security testing, Testing in the Agile Environment, Testing Web and Mobile Applications.

UNIT V TEST AUTOMATION AND TOOLS 6

Automated Software Testing, Automate Testing of Web Applications, Selenium: Introducing Web
Driver and Web Elements, Locating Web Elements, Actions on Web Elements, Different Web
Drivers, Understanding Web Driver Events, Testing: Understanding Testing.xml, Adding Classes,
Packages, Methods to Test, Test Reports.
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
1. Develop the test plan for testing an e-commerce web/mobile application (www.amazon.in).
2. Design the test cases for testing the e-commerce application
3. Test the e-commerce application and report the defects in it.
4. Develop the test plan and design the test cases for an inventory control system.
5. Execute the test cases against a client server or desktop application and identify the defects.
6. Test the performance of the e-commerce application.
7. Automate the testing of e-commerce applications using Selenium.
8. Integrate TestNG with the above test automation.
9. Mini Project:
a) Build a data-driven framework using Selenium and TestNG
b) Build Page object Model using Selenium and TestNG
c) Build BDD framework with Selenium, TestNG and Cucumber

123

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Understand the basic concepts of software testing and the need for software testing
CO2: Design Test planning and different activities involved in test planning
CO3: Design effective test cases that can uncover critical defects in the application
CO4: Carry out advanced types of testing
CO5: Automate the software testing using Selenium and TestNG
TOTAL:60 PERIODS
TEXTBOOKS
1. Yogesh Singh, “Software Testing”, Cambridge University Press, 2012

2. Unmesh Gundecha, Satya Avasarala, "Selenium WebDriver 3 Practical Guide" - Second

Edition 2018
REFERENCES
1. Glenford J. Myers, Corey Sandler, Tom Badgett, The Art of Software Testing, 3rd Edition,
2012, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
2. Ron Patton, Software testing, 2nd Edition, 2006, Sams Publishing
3. Paul C. Jorgensen, Software Testing: A Craftsman’s Approach, Fourth Edition, 2014, Taylor
& Francis Group.
4. Carl Cocchiaro, Selenium Framework Design in Data-Driven Testing, 2018, Packt
Publishing.
5. Elfriede Dustin, Thom Garrett, Bernie Gaurf, Implementing Automated Software Testing,
2009, Pearson Education, Inc.
6. Satya Avasarala, Selenium WebDriver Practical Guide, 2014, Packt Publishing.
7. Varun Menon, TestNg Beginner's Guide, 2013, Packt Publishing.

124

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 2 1 2 - - - 1 1 3 2 3 2 3
2 2 3 1 1 1 - - - 2 2 1 2 1 2 3
3 2 2 1 3 1 - - - 1 3 1 2 2 3 2
4 2 1 3 2 1 - - - 1 1 1 2 3 1 2
5 2 2 1 3 1 - - - 1 3 2 1 2 1 3
AVg. 2.2 2.2 1.6 2 1.2 - - - 1.2 2 1.6 1.8 2.2 1.8 2.6
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

PCS2313 WEB APPLICATION SECURITY L T PC

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the fundamentals of web application security
• To focus on wide aspects of secure development and deployment of web applications
• To learn how to build secure APIs
• To learn the basics of vulnerability assessment and penetration testing
• To get an insight about Hacking techniques and Tools

UNIT I FUNDAMENTALS OF WEB APPLICATION SECURITY 6

The history of Software Security-Recognizing Web Application Security Threats, Web Application
Security, Authentication and Authorization, Secure Socket layer, Transport layer Security, Session
Management-Input Validation

UNIT II SECURE DEVELOPMENT AND DEPLOYMENT 5

Web Applications Security - Security Testing, Security Incident Response Planning,The Microsoft
Security Development Lifecycle (SDL), OWASP Comprehensive Lightweight Application Security
Process (CLASP), The Software Assurance Maturity Model (SAMM)

UNIT III SECURE API DEVELOPMENT 6

API Security- Session Cookies, Token Based Authentication, Securing Natter APIs: Addressing
threats with Security Controls, Rate Limiting for Availability, Encryption, Audit logging, Securing
service-to-service APIs: API Keys , OAuth2, Securing Microservice APIs: Service Mesh, Locking
Down Network Connections, Securing Incoming Requests.

UNIT IV VULNERABILITY ASSESSMENT AND PENETRATION TESTING 6

Vulnerability Assessment Lifecycle, Vulnerability Assessment Tools: Cloud-based vulnerability
scanners, Host-based vulnerability scanners, Network-based vulnerability scanners, Database-
based vulnerability scanners, Types of Penetration Tests: External Testing, Web Application
Testing, Internal Penetration Testing, SSID or Wireless Testing, Mobile Application Testing.

UNIT V HACKING TECHNIQUES AND TOOLS 7

Social Engineering, Injection, Cross-Site Scripting(XSS), Broken Authentication and Session
Management, Cross-Site Request Forgery, Security Misconfiguration, Insecure Cryptographic

125

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

Storage, Failure to Restrict URL Access, Tools: Comodo, OpenVAS, Nexpose, Nikto, Burp Suite,
etc.
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
1. Install wireshark and explore the various protocols
a. Analyze the difference between HTTP vs HTTPS
b. Analyze the various security mechanisms embedded with different protocols.
2. Identify the vulnerabilities using OWASP ZAP tool
3. Create simple REST API using python for following operation
GET
a. PUSH
b. POST
c. DELETE
4. Install Burp Suite to do following vulnerabilities:
SQL injection
a. cross-site scripting (XSS)
5. Attack the website using Social Engineering method
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Understanding the basic concepts of web application security and the need for it
CO2: Be acquainted with the process for secure development and deployment of web applications
CO3: Acquire the skill to design and develop Secure Web Applications that use Secure APIs
CO4: Be able to get the importance of carrying out vulnerability assessment and penetration testing
CO5: Acquire the skill to think like a hacker and to use hackers tool sets
TOTAL :60 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS

1. Andrew Hoffman, Web Application Security: Exploitation and Countermeasures for Modern
Web Applications, First Edition, 2020, O’Reilly Media, Inc.
2. Bryan Sullivan, Vincent Liu, Web Application Security: A Beginners Guide, 2012, The McGraw-
Hill Companies.
3. Neil Madden, API Security in Action, 2020, Manning Publications Co., NY, USA.

REFERENCES
1. Michael Cross, Developer’s Guide to Web Application Security, 2007, Syngress Publishing,
Inc.
2. Ravi Das and Greg Johnson, Testing and Securing Web Applications, 2021, Taylor & Francis
Group, LLC.
3. Prabath Siriwardena, Advanced API Security, 2020, Apress Media LLC, USA.
4. Malcom McDonald, Web Security for Developers, 2020, No Starch Press, Inc.
5. Allen Harper, Shon Harris, Jonathan Ness, Chris Eagle, Gideon Lenkey, and Terron Williams
Grey Hat Hacking: The Ethical Hacker’s Handbook, Third Edition, 2011, The McGraw-Hill
Companies.

126

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 1 2 2 1 3 - - - - - - 1 - - -
2 2 1 2 1 3 - - - - - - - - - -
3 1 1 1 2 3 - - - - - - 1 - - -
4 1 2 1 1 2 - - - - - - - - - -
5 1 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - 1 - - -
AVg. 1.2 1.6 1.6 1.4 2.6 - - - - - - 0.6 - - -
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

127

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2314 DEVOPS L T PC
2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To introduce DevOps terminology, definition & concepts
• To understand the different Version control tools like Git, Mercurial
• To understand the concepts of Continuous Integration/ Continuous Testing/ Continuous
Deployment)
• To understand Configuration management using Ansible
• Illustrate the benefits and drive the adoption of cloud-based Devops tools to solve real
world problems

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO DEVOPS 6

Devops Essentials - Introduction To AWS, GCP, Azure - Version control systems: Git and Github.

UNIT II COMPILE AND BUILD USING MAVEN & GRADLE 6

Introduction, Installation of Maven, POM files, Maven Build lifecycle, Build phases(compile build, test,
package) Maven Profiles, Maven repositories(local, central, global),Maven plugins, Maven create
and build Artificats, Dependency management, Installation of Gradle, Understand build using Gradle

UNIT III CONTINUOUS INTEGRATION USING JENKINS 6

Install & Configure Jenkins, Jenkins Architecture Overview, Creating a Jenkins Job, Configuring a
Jenkins job, Introduction to Plugins, Adding Plugins to Jenkins, Commonly used plugins (Git Plugin,
Parameter Plugin, HTML Publisher, Copy Artifact and Extended choice parameters). Configuring
Jenkins to work with java, Git and Maven, Creating a Jenkins Build and Jenkins workspace.

UNIT IV CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT USING ANSIBLE 6

Ansible Introduction, Installation, Ansible master/slave configuration, YAML basics, Ansible modules,
Ansible Inventory files, Ansible playbooks, Ansible Roles, adhoc commands in ansible

UNIT V BUILDING DEVOPS PIPELINES USING AZURE 6

Create Github Account, Create Repository, Create Azure Organization, Create a new pipeline, Build
a sample code, Modify azure-pipelines.yaml file
30 PERIODS

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Understand different actions performed through Version control tools like Git
CO2: Perform Continuous Integration and Continuous Testing and Continuous Deployment
using Jenkins by building and automating test cases using Maven & Gradle.
CO3: Ability to Perform Automated Continuous Deployment
CO4: Ability to do configuration management using Ansible
CO5: Understand to leverage Cloud-based DevOps tools using Azure DevOps

128

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS

1. Create Maven Build pipeline in Azure
2. Run regression tests using Maven Build pipeline in Azure
3. Install Jenkins in Cloud
4. Create CI pipeline using Jenkins
5. Create a CD pipeline in Jenkins and deploy in Cloud
6. Create an Ansible playbook for a simple web application infrastructure
7. Build a simple application using Gradle
8. Install Ansible and configure ansible roles and to write playbooks

TEXT BOOKS TOTAL:60PERIODS

1. Roberto Vormittag, “A Practical Guide to Git and GitHub for Windows Users: From
Beginner to Expert in Easy Step-By-Step Exercises”, Second Edition, Kindle Edition,
2016.
2 . Jason Cannon, “Linux for Beginners: An Introduction to the Linux Operating
System and Command Line”, Kindle Edition, 2014

REFERENCES
1. Hands-On Azure Devops: Cicd Implementation For Mobile, Hybrid, And Web
Applications Using Azure Devops And Microsoft Azure: CICD Implementation for ...
DevOps and Microsoft Azure (English Edition) Paperback – 1 January 2020 by
Mitesh Soni
2. Jeff Geerling, “Ansible for DevOps: Server and configuration management for
humans”, First Edition, 2015.
3 . David Johnson, “Ansible for DevOps: Everything You Need to Know to Use
Ansible for DevOps”, Second Edition, 2016.
4. Mariot Tsitoara, “Ansible 6. Beginning Git and GitHub: A Comprehensive Guide
Version Control, Project Management, and Teamwork for the New Developer”,
Second Edition, 2019.
5. https://www.jenkins.io/user-handbook.pdf
6. https://maven.apache.org/guides/getting-started/

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 2 2 2
2 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 2 2 2
3 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 2 2 2
4 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 2 2 2
5 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 2 2 2
AVg. 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 2 2 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

129

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2315 VIRTUALIZATION L T PC
2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To Learn the basics and types of Virtualization
 To understand the Hypervisors and its types
 To Explore the Virtualization Solutions
 To Experiment the virtualization platforms

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO VIRTUALIZATION 7

Virtualization and cloud computing - Need of virtualization – cost, administration, fast deployment,
reduce infrastructure cost – limitations- Types of hardware virtualization: Full virtualization - partial
virtualization - Paravirtualization-Types of Hypervisors

UNIT II SERVER AND DESKTOP VIRTUALIZATION 6

Virtual machine basics- Types of virtual machines- Understanding Server Virtualization- types of
server virtualization- Business Cases for Server Virtualization – Uses of Virtual Server Consolidation
– Selecting Server Virtualization Platform-Desktop Virtualization-Types of Desktop Virtualization

UNIT III NETWORK VIRTUALIZATION 6

Introduction to Network Virtualization-Advantages- Functions-Tools for Network Virtualization-
VLAN-WAN Architecture-WAN Virtualization

UNIT IV STORAGE VIRTUALIZATION 5

Memory Virtualization-Types of Storage Virtualization-Block, File-Address space Remapping-Risks
of Storage Virtualization-SAN-NAS-RAID

UNIT V VIRTUALIZATION TOOLS 6

VMWare-Amazon AWS-Microsoft HyperV- Oracle VM Virtual Box - IBM PowerVM- Google
Virtualization- Case study.
30 PERIODS

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023 130

 Department of CSE,PEC

PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS

1.Create type 2 virtualization in VMWARE or any equivalent Open Source Tool. Allocate memory
and storage space as per requirement. Install Guest OS on that VMWARE.
2. a.Shrink and extend virtual disk
b. Create, Manage, Configure and schedule snapshots
c. Create Spanned, Mirrored and Striped volume
d. Create RAID 5 volume
3. a.Desktop Virtualization using VNC
b.Desktop Virtualization using Chrome Remote Desktop
4.Create type 2 virtualization on ESXI 6.5 server
5.Create a VLAN in CISCO packet tracer
6.Install KVM in Linux
7.Create Nested Virtual Machine(VM under another VM)

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Analyse the virtualization concepts and Hypervisor
CO2: Apply the Virtualization for real-world applications
CO3: Install & Configure the different VM platforms
CO4: Experiment with the VM with various software
TOTAL:60 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS

1. Cloud computing a practical approach - Anthony T.Velte , Toby J. Velte Robert Elsenpeter,
TATA McGraw- Hill , New Delhi – 2010
2. Cloud Computing (Principles and Paradigms), Edited by Rajkumar Buyya, James Broberg,
Andrzej Goscinski, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 2011
3. David Marshall, Wade A. Reynolds, Advanced Server Virtualization: VMware and Microsoft
Platform in the Virtual Data Center, Auerbach
4. Chris Wolf, Erick M. Halter, “Virtualization: From the Desktop to the Enterprise”, APress,
2005.
5. James E. Smith, Ravi Nair, “Virtual Machines: Versatile Platforms for Systems and
Processes”, Elsevier/Morgan Kaufmann, 2005.
6. David Marshall, Wade A. Reynolds, “Advanced Server Virtualization: VMware and Microsoft
Platform in the Virtual Data Center”, Auerbach Publications, 2006.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 1 3 1 3 2 - - - 1 1 3 1 2 3 2
2 3 2 2 1 2 - - - 1 2 2 3 3 2 1
3 3 2 1 3 1 - - - 2 2 1 3 3 3 2
4 1 1 2 3 3 - - - 3 3 1 1 3 2 2
5 1 3 2 3 1 - - - 2 1 3 3 1 1 2
AVg. 1.8 2.2 1.6 2.6 1.8 - - - 1.8 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.2 1.8
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023 131

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2316 CLOUD SERVICES MANAGEMENT L T P C

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 Introduce Cloud Service Management terminology, definition & concepts
 Compare and contrast cloud service management with traditional IT service management
 Identify strategies to reduce risk and eliminate issues associated with adoption of cloud
services
 Select appropriate structures for designing, deploying and running cloud-based services in
a business environment
 Illustrate the benefits and drive the adoption of cloud-based services to solve real world
problems

UNIT I CLOUD SERVICE MANAGEMENT FUNDAMENTALS 6

Cloud Ecosystem, The Essential Characteristics, Basics of Information Technology Service
Management and Cloud Service Management, Service Perspectives, Cloud Service Models, Cloud
Service Deployment Models

UNIT II CLOUD SERVICES STRATEGY 6

Cloud Strategy Fundamentals, Cloud Strategy Management Framework, Cloud Policy, Key Driver
for Adoption, Risk Management, IT Capacity and Utilization, Demand and Capacity matching,
Demand Queueing, Change Management, Cloud Service Architecture

UNIT III CLOUD SERVICE MANAGEMENT 6

Cloud Service Reference Model, Cloud Service LifeCycle, Basics of Cloud Service Design, Dealing
with Legacy Systems and Services, Benchmarking of Cloud Services, Cloud Service Capacity
Planning, Cloud Service Deployment and Migration, Cloud Marketplace, Cloud Service Operations
Management

UNIT IV CLOUD SERVICE ECONOMICS 6

Pricing models for Cloud Services, Freemium, Pay Per Reservation, Pay per User, Subscription
based Charging, Procurement of Cloud-based Services, Capex vs Opex Shift, Cloud service
Charging, Cloud Cost Models

UNIT V CLOUD SERVICE GOVERNANCE & VALUE 6

IT Governance Definition, Cloud Governance Definition, Cloud Governance Framework, Cloud
Governance Structure, Cloud Governance Considerations, Cloud Service Model Risk Matrix,
Understanding Value of Cloud Services, Measuring the value of Cloud Services, Balanced
Scorecard, Total Cost of Ownership

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1:Exhibit cloud-design skills to build and automate business solutions using cloud technologies.
CO2: Possess Strong theoretical foundation leading to excellence and excitement towards adoption
of cloud-based services
CO3: Solve the real world problems using Cloud services and technologies
30 PERIODS

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023 132

 Department of CSE,PEC

PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS

1. Create a Cloud Organization in AWS/Google Cloud/or any equivalent Open Source cloud
softwares like Openstack, Eucalyptus, OpenNebula with Role-based access control
2. Create a Cost-model for a web application using various services and do Cost-benefit
analysis
3. Create alerts for usage of Cloud resources
4. Create Billing alerts for your Cloud Organization
5. Compare Cloud cost for a simple web application across AWS, Azure and GCP and suggest
the best one
TOTAL:60 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS

1. Cloud Service Management and Governance: Smart Service Management in Cloud Era by
Enamul Haque, Enel Publications
2. Cloud Computing: Concepts, Technology & Architecture by Thomas Erl, Ricardo Puttini,
Zaigham Mohammad 2013
3. Cloud Computing Design Patterns by Thomas Erl, Robert Cope, Amin Naserpour

REFERENCES
1. Economics of Cloud Computing by Praveen Ayyappa, LAP Lambert Academic Publishing
2. Mastering Cloud Computing Foundations and Applications Programming Rajkumar Buyya,
Christian Vechhiola, S. Thamarai Selvi

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 1 1 1 - - - 2 1 3 2 2 1 3
2 3 1 2 3 2 - - - 1 2 3 1 2 2 2
3 1 1 3 1 3 - - - 3 3 1 1 3 2 1
4 1 1 1 2 3 - - - 2 3 3 1 1 1 1
5 1 3 3 2 2 - - - 1 3 1 2 1 3 2
AVg. 1.8 1.8 2 1.8 2.2 - - - 1.8 2.4 2.2 1.4 1.8 1.8 1.8
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023 133

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2317 DATA WAREHOUSING L T P C

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To know the details of data warehouse Architecture
 To understand the OLAP Technology
 To understand the partitioning strategy
 To differentiate various schema
 To understand the roles of process manager & system manager

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO DATA WAREHOUSE 5

Data warehouse Introduction - Data warehouse components- operational database Vs data
warehouse – Data warehouse Architecture – Three-tier Data Warehouse Architecture - Autonomous
Data Warehouse- Autonomous Data Warehouse Vs Snowflake - Modern Data Warehouse

UNIT II ETL AND OLAP TECHNOLOGY 6

What is ETL – ETL Vs ELT – Types of Data warehouses - Data warehouse Design and Modeling -
Delivery Process - Online Analytical Processing (OLAP) - Characteristics of OLAP - Online
Transaction Processing (OLTP) Vs OLAP - OLAP operations- Types of OLAP- ROLAP Vs MOLAP
Vs HOLAP.

UNIT III META DATA, DATA MART AND PARTITION STRATEGY 7

Meta Data – Categories of Metadata – Role of Metadata – Metadata Repository – Challenges for
Meta Management - Data Mart – Need of Data Mart- Cost Effective Data Mart- Designing Data Marts-
Cost of Data Marts- Partitioning Strategy – Vertical partition – Normalization – Row Splitting
– Horizontal Partition

UNIT IV DIMENSIONAL MODELING AND SCHEMA 6

Dimensional Modeling- Multi-Dimensional Data Modeling – Data Cube- Star Schema- Snowflake
schema- Star Vs Snowflake schema- Fact constellation Schema- Schema Definition - Process
Architecture- Types of Data Base Parallelism – Datawarehouse Tools

UNIT V SYSTEM & PROCESS MANAGERS 6

Data Warehousing System Managers: System Configuration Manager- System Scheduling Manager
- System Event Manager - System Database Manager - System Backup Recovery Manager - Data
Warehousing Process Managers: Load Manager – Warehouse Manager- Query
Manager – Tuning – Testing
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
1. Data exploration and integration with WEKA
2. Apply weka tool for data validation
3. Plan the architecture for real time application
4. Write the query for schema definition
5. Design data ware house for real time applications
6. Analyse the dimensional Modeling
7. Case study using OLAP
8. Case study using OTLP
9. Implementation of warehouse testing.

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023 134

 Department of CSE,PEC

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course the students should be able to
CO1: Design data warehouse architecture for various Problems
CO2: Apply the OLAP Technology
CO3: Analyse the partitioning strategy
CO4: Critically analyze the differentiation of various schema for given problem
CO5: Frame roles of process manager & system manager

TOTAL: 60 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS

1. Alex Berson and Stephen J. Smith “Data Warehousing, Data Mining & OLAP”, Tata
McGraw – Hill Edition, Thirteenth Reprint 2008.
2. Ralph Kimball, “The Data Warehouse Toolkit: The Complete Guide to Dimensional
Modeling”, Third edition, 2013.

REFERENCES
1. Paul Raj Ponniah, “Data warehousing fundamentals for IT Professionals”, 2012.
2. K.P. Soman, ShyamDiwakar and V. Ajay “Insight into Data mining Theory and Practice”,
Easter Economy Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2006.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO
CO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 3 3 3 2 2 - - - 3 - - 3
2 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 2 - 2 2
3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 3
4 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 3
5 3 2 2 2 - 2 - - - - 2 2
AVg. 3 2.6 2.6 1.2 2.5 1 - - 2.5 - 2 2.6
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023 135

 Department of CSE,PEC
PCS2318 STORAGE TECHNOLOGIES LT P C
2 0 2 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

 Characterize the functionalities of logical and physical components of storage

 Describe various storage networking technologies
 Identify different storage virtualization technologies
 Discuss the different backup and recovery strategies
 Understand common storage management activities and solutions

UNIT I STORAGE SYSTEMS 9

Introduction to Information Storage: Digital data and its types, Information storage, Key
characteristics of data center and Evolution of computing platforms. Information Lifecycle
Management. Third Platform Technologies: Cloud computing and its essential characteristics, Cloud
services and cloud deployment models, Big data analytics, Social networking and mobile computing,
Characteristics of third platform infrastructure and Imperatives for third platform transformation. Data
Center Environment: Building blocks of a data center, Compute systems and compute virtualization
and Software-defined data center.

UNIT II INTELLIGENT STORAGE SYSTEMS AND RAID 5

Components of an intelligent storage system, Components, addressing, and performance of hard
disk drives and solid-state drives, RAID, Types of intelligent storage systems, Scale-up and scale-
out storage
Architecture.

UNIT III STORAGE NETWORKING TECHNOLOGIES AND VIRTUALIZATION 13

Block-Based Storage System, File-Based Storage System, Object-Based and Unified Storage. Fibre
Channel SAN: Software-defined networking, FC SAN components and architecture, FC SAN
topologies, link aggregation, and zoning, Virtualization in FC SAN environment. Internet Protocol
SAN: iSCSI protocol, network components, and connectivity, Link aggregation, switch aggregation,
and VLAN, FCIP protocol, connectivity, and configuration. Fibre Channel over Ethernet SAN:
Components of FCoE SAN, FCoE SAN connectivity, Converged Enhanced Ethernet, FCoE
architecture.

UNIT IV BACKUP, ARCHIVE AND REPLICATION 12

Introduction to Business Continuity, Backup architecture, Backup targets and methods, Data
deduplication, Cloud-based and mobile device backup, Data archive, Uses of replication and its
characteristics, Compute based, storage-based, and network-based replication, Data migration,
Disaster Recovery as a Service(DRaaS).

UNIT V SECURING STORAGE INFRASTRUCTURE 6

Information security goals, Storage security domains, Threats to a storage infrastructure, Security
controls to protect a storage infrastructure, Governance, risk, and compliance, Storage infrastructure
management functions, Storage infrastructure management processes.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Demonstrate the fundamentals of information storage management and various models of
Cloud infrastructure services and deployment
CO2: Illustrate the usage of advanced intelligent storage systems and RAID
CO3: Interpret various storage networking architectures - SAN, including storage subsystems and
virtualization
CO4: Examine the different role in providing disaster recovery and remote replication technologies

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023 136

 Department of CSE,PEC
CO5: Infer the security needs and security measures to be employed in information storage
management
TOTAL:45 PERIODS
TEXTBOOKS
1. EMC Corporation, Information Storage and Management, Wiley, India
2. Jon Tate, Pall Beck, Hector Hugo Ibarra, Shanmuganathan Kumaravel and Libor Miklas,
Introduction to Storage Area Networks, Ninth Edition, IBM - Redbooks, December 2017
3.Ulf Troppens, Rainer Erkens, Wolfgang Mueller-Friedt, Rainer Wolafka, Nils Haustein
,Storage Networks Explained, Second Edition, Wiley, 2009

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 1 2 1 3 3 - - - 1 1 1 3 1 2 1
2 3 1 2 3 3 - - - 3 2 3 2 2 3 1
3 1 1 3 2 2 - - - 3 1 1 2 2 3 3
4 3 2 1 2 2 - - - 1 1 3 1 3 2 1
5 1 3 2 1 2 - - - 1 2 3 1 3 2 1
AVg. 1.8 1.8 1.8 2.2 2.4 - - - 1.8 1.4 2.2 1.8 2.2 2.4 1.4
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023 137

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2319 SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORKS L T PC

2 0 23
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To understand the need for SDN and its data plane operations
 To understand the functions of control plane
 To comprehend the migration of networking functions to SDN environment
 To explore various techniques of network function virtualization
 To comprehend the concepts behind network virtualization

UNIT I SDN: INTRODUCTION 6

Evolving Network Requirements – The SDN Approach – SDN architecture - SDN Data Plane ,
Control plane and Application Plane

UNIT II SDN DATA PLANE AND CONTROL PLANE 6

Data Plane functions and protocols - OpenFLow Protocol - Flow Table - Control Plane
Functions - Southbound Interface, Northbound Interface – SDN Controllers - Ryu, OpenDaylight,
ONOS - Distributed Controllers

UNIT III SDN APPLICATIONS 6

SDN Application Plane Architecture – Network Services Abstraction Layer – Traffic Engineering –
Measurement and Monitoring – Security – Data Center Networking

UNIT IV NETWORK FUNCTION VIRTUALIZATION 6

Network Virtualization - Virtual LANs – OpenFlow VLAN Support - NFV Concepts – Benefits and
Requirements – Reference Architecture

UNIT V NFV FUNCTIONALITY 6

NFV Infrastructure – Virtualized Network Functions – NFV Management and Orchestration – NFV
Use cases – SDN and NFV
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30
PERIODS
1) Setup your own virtual SDN lab
i) Virtualbox/Mininet Environment for SDN - http://mininet.org
ii) https://www.kathara.org
iii) GNS3
2) Create a simple mininet topology with SDN controller and use Wireshark to capture and
visualize the OpenFlow messages such as OpenFlow FLOW MOD, PACKET IN, PACKET
OUT etc.
3) Create a SDN application that uses the Northbound API to program flow table rules on the
switch for various use cases like L2 learning switch, Traffic Engineering, Firewall etc.
4) Create a simple end-to-end network service with two VNFs using vim-emu
https://github.com/containernet/vim-emu
5) Install OSM and onboard and orchestrate network service.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
After the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to
CO1: Describe the motivation behind SDN
CO2: Identify the functions of the data plane and control plane

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023 138

 Department of CSE,PEC

CO3: Design and develop network applications using SDN

CO4: Orchestrate network services using NFV
CO5: Explain various use cases of SDN and NFV
TOTAL :60 PERIODS

TEXTBOOKS:

1. William Stallings, “Foundations of Modern Networking: SDN, NFV, QoE, IoT and Cloud”,
Pearson Education, 1st Edition, 2015.
REFERENCES:
1. Ken Gray, Thomas D. Nadeau, “Network Function Virtualization”, Morgan Kauffman, 2016.
2. Thomas D Nadeau, Ken Gray, “SDN: Software Defined Networks”, O’Reilly Media, 2013.
3. Fei Hu, “Network Innovation through OpenFlow and SDN: Principles and Design”, 1 st
Edition, CRC Press, 2014.
4. Paul Goransson, Chuck Black Timothy Culver, “Software Defined Networks: A
Comprehensive Approach”, 2nd Edition, Morgan Kaufmann Press, 2016.
5. Oswald Coker, Siamak Azodolmolky, “Software-Defined Networking with OpenFlow”, 2nd
Edition, O’Reilly Media, 2017.
CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 1 2 3 1 3 - - - 2 3 1 3 1 2 1
2 2 1 2 2 3 - - - 2 2 2 2 1 3 2
3 2 2 2 3 3 - - - 3 1 1 2 1 3 3
4 2 2 2 3 1 - - - 1 3 1 2 2 2 2
5 3 3 1 1 3 - - - 1 2 1 2 2 1 3
AVg. 2 2 2 2 2.6 - - - 1.8 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.4 2.2 2.2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023 139

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2320 STREAM PROCESSING LTPC

2 023
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 Introduce Data Processing terminology, definition & concepts
 Define different types of Data Processing
 Explain the concepts of Real-time Data processing
 Select appropriate structures for designing and running real-time data services in a
business environment
 Illustrate the benefits and drive the adoption of real-time data services to solve real world
problems
UNIT I FOUNDATIONS OF DATA SYSTEMS 6
Introduction to Data Processing, Stages of Data processing, Data Analytics, Batch Processing,
Stream processing, Data Migration, Transactional Data processing, Data Mining, Data Management
Strategy, Storage, Processing, Integration, Analytics, Benefits of Data as a Service, Challenges

UNIT II REAL-TIME DATA PROCESSING 6

Introduction to Big data, Big data infrastructure, Real-time Analytics, Near real-time solution,
Lambda architecture, Kappa Architecture, Stream Processing,Understanding Data Streams,
Message Broker, Stream Processor, Batch & Real-time ETL tools, Streaming Data Storage

UNIT III DATA MODELS AND QUERY LANGUAGES 6

Relational Model, Document Model, Key-Value Pairs, NoSQL, Object-Relational Mismatch, Many-
to-One and Many-to-Many Relationships, Network data models, Schema Flexibility, Structured
Query Language, Data Locality for Queries, Declarative Queries, Graph Data models, Cypher Query
Language, Graph Queries in SQL, The Semantic Web, CODASYL, SPARQL

UNIT IV EVENT PROCESSING WITH APACHE KAFKA 6

Apache Kafka, Kafka as Event Streaming platform, Events, Producers, Consumers, Topics,
Partitions, Brokers, Kafka APIs, Admin API, Producer API, Consumer API, Kafka Streams API, Kafka
Connect API.

UNIT V REAL-TIME PROCESSING USING SPARK STREAMING 6

Structured Streaming, Basic Concepts, Handling Event-time and Late Data, Fault-tolerant
Semantics, Exactly-once Semantics, Creating Streaming Datasets, Schema Inference, Partitioning
of Streaming datasets, Operations on Streaming Data, Selection, Aggregation, Projection,
Watermarking, Window operations, Types of Time windows, Join Operations, Deduplication
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30
PERIODS
1. Install MongoDB
2. Design and Implement Simple application using MongoDB
3. Query the designed system using MongoDB
4. Create a Event Stream with Apache Kafka
5. Create a Real-time Stream processing application using Spark Streaming
6. Build a Micro-batch application
7. Real-time Fraud and Anomaly Detection,
8. Real-time personalization, Marketing, Advertising

COURSE OUTCOMES:

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023 140

 Department of CSE,PEC
CO1:Understand the applicability and utility of different streaming algorithms.
CO2:Describe and apply current research trends in data-stream processing.
CO3:Analyze the suitability of stream mining algorithms for data stream systems.
CO4:Program and build stream processing systems, services and applications.
CO5:Solve problems in real-world applications that process data streams.

TEXT BOOKS TOTAL:60 PERIODS

1. Streaming Systems: The What, Where, When and How of Large-Scale Data Processing by
Tyler Akidau, Slava Chemyak, Reuven Lax, O’Reilly publication
2. Designing Data-Intensive Applications by Martin Kleppmann, O’Reilly Media
3. Practical Real-time Data Processing and Analytics : Distributed Computing and Event
Processing using Apache Spark, Flink, Storm and Kafka, Packt Publishing
REFERENCES
1. https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/streaming-programming-guide.html
2. Kafka.apache.org

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 2 3 1 - - - 2 3 1 2 1 3 3
2 2 1 1 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 1 2 1
3 3 1 2 3 3 - - - 2 2 1 1 2 2 1
4 2 1 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 1 1 1 2 1
5 3 3 1 2 2 - - - 3 3 2 3 2 3 2
AVg. 2.6 1.8 1.8 2.6 2.2 - - - 2.6 2.6 1.4 2 1.4 2.4 1.6
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023 141

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2321 SECURITY AND PRIVACY IN CLOUD LT P C

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
 To Introduce Cloud Computing terminology, definition & concepts
 To understand the security design and architectural considerations for Cloud
 To understand the Identity, Access control in Cloud
 To follow best practices for Cloud security using various design patterns
 To be able to monitor and audit cloud applications for security

UNIT I FUNDAMENTALS OF CLOUD SECURITY CONCEPTS 7

Overview of cloud security- Security Services - Confidentiality, Integrity, Authentication, Non-
repudiation, Access Control - Basic of cryptography - Conventional and public-key cryptography,
hash functions, authentication, and digital signatures.

UNIT II SECURITY DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE FOR CLOUD 6

Security design principles for Cloud Computing - Comprehensive data protection - End-to-end
access control - Common attack vectors and threats - Network and Storage - Secure Isolation
Strategies - Virtualization strategies - Inter-tenant network segmentation strategies - Data Protection
strategies: Data retention, deletion and archiving procedures for tenant data, Encryption, Data
Redaction, Tokenization, Obfuscation, PKI and Key

UNIT III ACCESS CONTROL AND IDENTITY MANAGEMENT 6

Access control requirements for Cloud infrastructure - User Identification - Authentication and
Authorization - Roles-based Access Control - Multi-factor authentication - Single Sign-on, Identity
Federation - Identity providers and service consumers - Storage and network access control options
- OS Hardening and minimization - Verified and measured boot - Intruder Detection and prevention

UNIT IV CLOUD SECURITY DESIGN PATTERNS 6

Introduction to Design Patterns, Cloud bursting, Geo-tagging, Secure Cloud Interfaces, Cloud
Resource Access Control, Secure On-Premise Internet Access, Secure External Cloud

UNIT V MONITORING, AUDITING AND MANAGEMENT 5

Proactive activity monitoring - Incident Response, Monitoring for unauthorized access, malicious
traffic, abuse of system privileges - Events and alerts - Auditing – Record generation, Reporting and
Management, Tamper-proofing audit logs, Quality of Services, Secure Management, User
management, Identity management, Security Information and Event Management

30 PERIODS

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023 142

 Department of CSE,PEC

PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS

1. Simulate a cloud scenario using Cloud Sim and run a scheduling algorithm not present in
Cloud Sim
2. simulate resource management using cloud sim
3. simulate log forensics using cloud sim
4. simulate a secure file sharing using a cloud sim
5. Implement data anonymization techniques over the simple dataset (masking,
k- anonymization, etc)
6. Implement any encryption algorithm to protect the images
7. Implement any image obfuscation mechanism
8. Implement a role-based access control mechanism in a specific scenario
9. implement an attribute-based access control mechanism based on a particular scenario
10. Develop a log monitoring system with incident management in the cloud

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Understand the cloud concepts and fundamentals.
CO2: Explain the security challenges in the cloud.
CO3: Define cloud policy and Identity and Access Management.
CO4: Understand various risks and audit and monitoring mechanisms in the cloud.
CO5: Define the various architectural and design considerations for security in the cloud.
TOTAL:60 PERIODS
TEXTBOOKS
1. Raj Kumar Buyya , James Broberg, andrzejGoscinski, “Cloud Computing:‖, Wiley 2013
2. Dave shackleford, “Virtualization Security‖, SYBEX a wiley Brand 2013.
3. Mather, Kumaraswamy and Latif, “Cloud Security and Privacy‖, OREILLY 2011
REFERENCES
1. Mark C. Chu-Carroll “Code in the Cloud‖,CRC Press, 2011
2. Mastering Cloud Computing Foundations and Applications Programming RajkumarBuyya,
Christian Vechhiola, S. ThamaraiSelvi

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 3 1 2 - - - 1 1 1 3 3 1 2
2 1 3 2 3 1 - - - 2 2 3 2 3 1 2
3 3 2 2 3 2 - - - 3 1 1 2 2 3 1
4 2 1 2 3 3 - - - 3 2 3 3 1 1 2
5 1 3 3 1 1 - - - 2 3 3 2 2 3 2
AVg. 2 2.4 2.4 2.2 1.8 - - - 2.2 1.8 2.2 2.4 2.2 1.8 1.8
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

143
 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2322 DIGITAL AND MOBILE FORENSICS L T P C

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand basic digital forensics and techniques.
• To understand digital crime and investigation.
• To understand how to be prepared for digital forensic readiness.
• To understand and use forensics tools for iOS devices.
• To understand and use forensics tools for Android devices.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL FORENSICS 6

Forensic Science – Digital Forensics – Digital Evidence – The Digital Forensics Process –
Introduction – The Identification Phase – The Collection Phase – The Examination Phase – The
Analysis Phase – The Presentation Phase

UNIT II DIGITAL CRIME AND INVESTIGATION 6

Digital Crime – Substantive Criminal Law – General Conditions – Offenses – Investigation Methods
for Collecting Digital Evidence – International Cooperation to Collect Digital Evidence

UNIT III DIGITAL FORENSIC READINESS 6

Introduction – Law Enforcement versus Enterprise Digital Forensic Readiness – Rationale for Digital
Forensic Readiness – Frameworks, Standards and Methodologies – Enterprise Digital Forensic
Readiness – Challenges in Digital Forensics

UNIT IV iOS FORENSICS 6

Mobile Hardware and Operating Systems - iOS Fundamentals – Jailbreaking – File System –
Hardware – iPhone Security – iOS Forensics – Procedures and Processes – Tools – Oxygen
Forensics – MobilEdit – iCloud

UNIT V ANDROID FORENSICS 6

Android basics – Key Codes – ADB – Rooting Android – Boot Process – File Systems – Security –
Tools – Android Forensics – Forensic Procedures – ADB – Android Only Tools – Dual Use Tools –
Oxygen Forensics – MobilEdit – Android App Decompiling

COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of the course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Have knowledge on digital forensics.
CO2: Know about digital crime and investigations.
CO3: Be forensic ready.
CO4: Investigate, identify and extract digital evidence from iOS devices.
CO5: Investigate, identify and extract digital evidence from Android devices.
30 PERIODS

LAB EXPERIMENTS:

1. Installation of Sleuth Kit on Linux. List all data blocks. Analyze allocated as well as unallocated
blocks of a disk image.
2. Data extraction from call logs using Sleuth Kit.
3. Data extraction from SMS and contacts using Sleuth Kit.
4. Install Mobile Verification Toolkit or MVT and decrypt encrypted iOS backups.
5. Process and parse records from the iOS system.
6. Extract installed applications from Android devices.
7. Extract diagnostic information from Android devices through the adb protocol. 144
8. Generate a unified chronological timeline of extracted records.
Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023
 Department of CSE,PEC

30 PERIODS

TOTAL PERIODS: 60 PERIODS

TEXT BOOK:
1. Andre Arnes, “Digital Forensics”, Wiley, 2018.
2. Chuck Easttom, “An In-depth Guide to Mobile Device Forensics”, First Edition, CRC
Press, 2022.

REFERENCES
1. Vacca, J, Computer Forensics, Computer Crime Scene Investigation, 2nd Ed, Charles
River Media, 2005, ISBN: 1-58450-389.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 1 3 2 1 - - - 1 1 3 3 1 3 1
2 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 1 2 1 3 1
3 3 3 2 3 1 - - - 3 2 1 1 3 2 3
4 3 1 2 2 3 - - - 1 3 3 2 1 3 3
5 1 3 2 3 2 - - - 2 3 2 3 1 2 1
AVg. 3 2 2 3 2 - - - 2 2 2 2 1 3 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

145

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2323 SOCIAL NETWORK SECURITY L T P C

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To develop semantic web related simple applications
• To explain Privacy and Security issues in Social Networking
• To explain the data extraction and mining of social networks
• To discuss the prediction of human behaviour in social communities
• To describe the Access Control, Privacy and Security management of social networks

UNIT I FUNDAMENTALS OF SOCIAL NETWORKING 6

Introduction to Semantic Web, Limitations of current Web, Development of Semantic Web,
Emergence of the Social Web, Social Network analysis, Development of Social Network Analysis,
Key concepts and measures in network analysis, Historical overview of privacy and security, Major
paradigms, for understanding privacy and security

UNIT II SECURITY ISSUES IN SOCIAL NETWORKS 6

The evolution of privacy and security concerns with networked technologies, Contextual influences
on privacy attitudes and behaviours, Anonymity in a networked world

UNIT III EXTRACTION AND MINING IN SOCIAL NETWORKING DATA 6

Extracting evolution of Web Community from a Series of Web Archive, Detecting communities in
social networks, Definition of community, Evaluating communities, Methods for community detection
and mining, Applications of community mining algorithms, Tools for detecting communities social
network infrastructures and communities, Big data and Privacy

UNIT IV PREDICTING HUMAN BEHAVIOR AND PRIVACY ISSUES 6

Understanding and predicting human behaviour for social communities, User data Management,
Inference and Distribution, Enabling new human experiences, Reality mining, Context, Awareness,
Privacy in online social networks, Trust in online environment, What is Neo4j, Nodes, Relationships,
Properties.

UNIT V ACCESS CONTROL, PRIVACY AND IDENTITY MANAGEMENT 6

Understand the access control requirements for Social Network, Enforcing Access Control
Strategies, Authentication and Authorization, Roles-based Access Control, Host, storage and
network access control options, Firewalls, Authentication, and Authorization in Social Network,
Identity & Access Management, Single Sign-on, Identity Federation, Identity providers and service
consumers, The role of Identity provisioning

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Develop semantic web related simple applications
CO2 : Address Privacy and Security issues in Social Networking
CO3: Explain the data extraction and mining of social networks
CO4: Discuss the prediction of human behavior in social communities
CO5: Describe the applications of social networks
30 PERIODS

146

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS

1. Design own social media application
2. Create a Network model using Neo4j
3. Read and write Data from Graph Database
4. Find “Friend of Friends” using Neo4j
5. Implement secure search in social media
6. Create a simple Security & Privacy detector
TOTAL:60 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS
1. Peter Mika, Social Networks and the Semantic Web, First Edition, Springer 2007.
2. BorkoFurht, Handbook of Social Network Technologies and Application, First Edition,
Springer, 2010.
3. Learning Neo4j 3.x Second Edition By Jérôme Baton, Rik Van Bruggen, Packt publishing
4. David Easley, Jon Kleinberg, Networks, Crowds, and Markets: Reasoning about a Highly
Connected World‖, First Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2010.

REFERENCES
1. Easley D. Kleinberg J., Networks, Crowds, and Markets – Reasoning about a Highly
Connected World‖, Cambridge University Press, 2010.
2. Jackson, Matthew O., Social and Economic Networks‖, Princeton University Press, 2008.
3. GuandongXu ,Yanchun Zhang and Lin Li, ―Web Mining and Social Networking –
Techniques and applications‖, First Edition, Springer, 2011.
4. Dion Goh and Schubert Foo, Social information Retrieval Systems: Emerging Technologies
and Applications for Searching the Web Effectively‖, IGI Global Snippet, 2008.
5. Max Chevalier, Christine Julien and Chantal Soulé-Dupuy, Collaborative and Social
Information Retrieval and Access: Techniques for Improved user Modeling‖, IGI Global
Snippet, 2009.
6. John G. Breslin, Alexander Passant and Stefan Decker, The Social Semantic Web‖,
Springer, 2009.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 1 2 3 2 - - - 3 2 1 2 3 3 2
2 2 2 2 3 3 - - - 1 2 2 3 3 3 2
3 2 1 1 3 2 - - - 1 2 1 1 1 3 3
4 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 1 1 2 1 3
5 1 3 2 2 2 - - - 1 1 3 1 2 3 3
AVg. 2.2 2 2 2.8 2.2 - - - 1.4 1.6 1.6 1.6 2.2 2.6 2.6
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

147

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2324 ETHICAL HACKING L T PC

2 0 23
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the basics of computer based vulnerabilities.
• To explore different foot printing, reconnaissance and scanning methods.
• To expose the enumeration and vulnerability analysis methods.
• To understand hacking options available in Web and wireless applications.
• To explore the options for network protection.
• To practice tools to perform ethical hacking to expose the vulnerabilities.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 6
Ethical Hacking Overview - Role of Security and Penetration Testers .- Penetration-Testing
Methodologies- Laws of the Land - Overview of TCP/IP- The Application Layer - The Transport
Layer - The Internet Layer - IP Addressing .- Network and Computer Attacks - Malware - Protecting
Against Malware Attacks.- Intruder Attacks - Addressing Physical Security

UNIT II FOOT PRINTING, RECONNAISSANCE AND SCANNING NETWORKS 6

Footprinting Concepts - Footprinting through Search Engines, Web Services, Social Networking
Sites, Website, Email - Competitive Intelligence - Footprinting through Social Engineering -
Footprinting Tools - Network Scanning Concepts - Port-Scanning Tools - Scanning Techniques -
Scanning Beyond IDS and Firewall

UNIT III ENUMERATION AND VULNERABILITY ANALYSIS 6

Enumeration Concepts - NetBIOS Enumeration – SNMP, LDAP, NTP, SMTP and DNS
Enumeration - Vulnerability Assessment Concepts - Desktop and Server OS Vulnerabilities -
Windows OS Vulnerabilities - Tools for Identifying Vulnerabilities in Windows- Linux OS
Vulnerabilities- Vulnerabilities of Embedded Oss

UNIT IV SYSTEM HACKING 6

Hacking Web Servers - Web Application Components- Vulnerabilities - Tools for Web Attackers and
Security Testers Hacking Wireless Networks - Components of a Wireless Network – Wardriving-
Wireless Hacking - Tools of the Trade –

UNIT V NETWORK PROTECTION SYSTEMS 6

Access Control Lists. - Cisco Adaptive Security Appliance Firewall - Configuration and Risk Analysis
Tools for Firewalls and Routers - Intrusion Detection and Prevention Systems - Network-Based and
Host-Based IDSs and IPSs - Web Filtering - Security Incident Response Teams – Honeypots.
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
1. Install Kali or Backtrack Linux / Metasploitable/ Windows XP
2. Practice the basics of reconnaissance.
3. Using FOCA / SearchDiggity tools, extract metadata and expanding the target list.
4. Aggregates information from public databases using online free tools like Paterva’s Maltego.
5. Information gathering using tools like Robtex.
6. Scan the target using tools like Nessus.
7. View and capture network traffic using Wireshark.

148

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

8. Automate dig for vulnerabilities and match exploits using Armitage

FOCA : http://www.informatica64.com/foca.aspx.
Nessus : http://www.tenable.com/products/nessus.
Wireshar : http://www.wireshark.org.
k
Armitage : http://www.fastandeasyhacking.com/.
Kali or Backtrack Linux, Metasploitable, Windows XP

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able:
CO1: To express knowledge on basics of computer based vulnerabilities
CO2: To gain understanding on different foot printing, reconnaissance and scanning methods.
CO3: To demonstrate the enumeration and vulnerability analysis methods
CO4: To gain knowledge on hacking options available in Web and wireless applications.
CO5: To acquire knowledge on the options for network protection.
CO6: To use tools to perform ethical hacking to expose the vulnerabilities.

TOTAL:60 PERIODS

TEXTBOOKS

1. Michael T. Simpson, Kent Backman, and James E. Corley, Hands-On Ethical Hacking and
Network Defense, Course Technology, Delmar Cengage Learning, 2010.
2. The Basics of Hacking and Penetration Testing - Patrick Engebretson, SYNGRESS,
Elsevier, 2013.
3. The Web Application Hacker’s Handbook: Finding and Exploiting Security Flaws, Dafydd
Stuttard and Marcus Pinto, 2011.

REFERENCES
1. BlackHatPython:PythonProgrammingforHackersandPentesters, Justin Seitz , 2014.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 2 2 3 2 1 - - - 1 2 2 1 1 2 3
2 1 2 1 2 1 - - - 2 2 1 1 1 2 2
3 2 2 3 3 1 - - - 1 2 1 2 2 3 1
4 2 1 1 2 1 - - - 1 3 3 3 3 2 1
5 2 3 1 1 2 - - - 2 1 1 1 1 1 3
AVg. 1.8 2 1.8 2 1.2 - - - 1.4 2 1.6 1.6 1.6 2 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

149

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2325 ENGINEERING SECURE SOFTWARE SYSTEMS L T PC

2 0 23
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• Know the importance and need for software security.
• Know about various attacks.
• Learn about secure software design.
• Understand risk management in secure software development.
• Know the working of tools related to software security.

UNIT I NEED OF SOFTWARE SECURITY AND LOW-LEVEL ATTACKS 6

Software Assurance and Software Security - Threats to software security - Sources of software
insecurity - Benefits of Detecting Software Security - Properties of Secure Software – Memory-
Based Attacks: Low-Level Attacks Against Heap and Stack - Defense Against Memory-Based
Attacks

UNIT II SECURE SOFTWARE DESIGN 7

Requirements Engineering for secure software - SQUARE process Model - Requirements elicitation
and prioritization- Isolating The Effects of Untrusted Executable Content - Stack Inspection – Policy
Specification Languages – Vulnerability Trends – Buffer Overflow – Code Injection - Session
Hijacking. Secure Design - Threat Modeling and Security Design Principles

UINT III SECURITY RISK MANAGEMENT 5

Risk Management Life Cycle – Risk Profiling – Risk Exposure Factors – Risk Evaluation and
Mitigation – Risk Assessment Techniques – Threat and Vulnerability Management

UNIT IV SECURITY TESTING 8

Traditional Software Testing – Comparison - Secure Software Development Life Cycle - Risk
Based Security Testing – Prioritizing Security Testing With Threat Modeling – Penetration Testing
– Planning and Scoping - Enumeration – Remote Exploitation – Web Application Exploitation -
Exploits and Client Side Attacks – Post Exploitation – Bypassing Firewalls and Avoiding Detection
- Tools for Penetration Testing

UNIT V SECURE PROJECT MANAGEMENT 4

Governance and security - Adopting an enterprise software security framework - Security and
project management - Maturity of Practice
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES
1. Implement the SQL injection attack.
2. Implement the Buffer Overflow attack.
3. Implement Cross Site Scripting and Prevent XSS.
4. Perform Penetration testing on a web application to gather information about the system, then
initiate XSS and SQL injection attacks using tools like Kali Linux.
5. Develop and test the secure test cases
6. Penetration test using kali Linux
30 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to
CO1: Identify various vulnerabilities related to memory attacks.

150

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

CO2: Apply security principles in software development.

CO3: Evaluate the extent of risks.
CO4: Involve selection of testing techniques related to software security in the testing phase of
software development.
CO5: Use tools for securing software.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Julia H. Allen, “Software Security Engineering”, Pearson Education, 2008
2. Evan Wheeler, “Security Risk Management: Building an Information Security Risk Management
Program from the Ground Up”, First edition, Syngress Publishing, 2011
3. Chris Wysopal, Lucas Nelson, Dino Dai Zovi, and Elfriede Dustin, “The Art of Software Security
Testing: Identifying Software Security Flaws (Symantec Press)”, Addison-Wesley Professional,
2006
REFERENCES:
1. Robert C. Seacord, “Secure Coding in C and C++ (SEI Series in Software Engineering)”,
Addison-Wesley Professional, 2005.
2. Jon Erickson, “Hacking: The Art of Exploitation”, 2nd Edition, No Starch Press, 2008.
3. Mike Shema, “Hacking Web Apps: Detecting and Preventing Web Application Security
Problems”, First edition, Syngress Publishing, 2012
4. Bryan Sullivan and Vincent Liu, “Web Application Security, A Beginner's Guide”, Kindle
Edition, McGraw Hill, 2012
5. Lee Allen, “Advanced Penetration Testing for Highly-Secured Environments: The Ultimate
Security Guide (Open Source: Community Experience Distilled)”, Kindle Edition, Packt
Publishing,2012
6. Jason Grembi, “Developing Secure Software”

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 2 3 2 3 2 - - - 2 1 2 2 2 2 1
2 2 2 2 3 3 - - - 2 1 2 2 1 2 1
3 1 2 2 2 1 - - - 1 1 2 1 2 2 1
4 2 3 2 2 2 - - - 2 1 2 2 2 2 1
5 2 1 2 2 3 - - - 2 1 1 2 2 1 2
AVg. 1.8 2.2 2 2.4 2.2 - - - 1.8 1 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

151

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2326 CYBER SECURITY L T P C

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To learn cybercrime and cyberlaw.
• To understand the cyber attacks and tools for mitigating them.
• To understand information gathering.
• To learn how to detect a cyber attack.
• To learn how to prevent a cyber attack.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 6
Cyber Security – History of Internet – Impact of Internet – CIA Triad; Reason for Cyber Crime – Need
for Cyber Security – History of Cyber Crime; Cybercriminals – Classification of Cybercrimes – A Global
Perspective on Cyber Crimes; Cyber Laws – The Indian IT Act – Cybercrime and Punishment.

UNIT II ATTACKS AND COUNTERMEASURES 6

OSWAP; Malicious Attack Threats and Vulnerabilities: Scope of Cyber-Attacks – Security Breach –
Types of Malicious Attacks – Malicious Software – Common Attack Vectors – Social engineering
Attack – Wireless Network Attack – Web Application Attack – Attack Tools – Countermeasures.

UNIT III RECONNAISSANCE 5

Harvester – Whois – Netcraft – Host – Extracting Information from DNS – Extracting Information from
E-mail Servers – Social Engineering Reconnaissance; Scanning – Port Scanning – Network
Scanning and Vulnerability Scanning – Scanning Methodology – Ping Sweer Techniques – Nmap
Command Switches – SYN – Stealth – XMAS – NULL – IDLE – FIN Scans – Banner Grabbing and
OS Finger printing Techniques.

UNIT IV INTRUSION DETECTION 5

Host -Based Intrusion Detection – Network -Based Intrusion Detection – Distributed or Hybrid
Intrusion Detection – Intrusion Detection Exchange Format – Honeypots – Example System Snort.

UNIT V INTRUSION PREVENTION 5

Firewalls and Intrusion Prevention Systems: Need for Firewalls – Firewall Characteristics and
Access Policy – Types of Firewalls – Firewall Basing – Firewall Location and Configurations –
Intrusion Prevention Systems – Example Unified Threat Management Products.
30 PERIODS

PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS

1. Install Kali Linux on Virtual box
2. Explore Kali Linux and bash scripting
3. Perform open source intelligence gathering using Netcraft, Whois Lookups, DNS
Reconnaissance, Harvester and Maltego
4. Understand the nmap command d and scan a target using nmap
5. Install metasploitable2 on the virtual box and search for unpatched vulnerabilities
6. Use Metasploit to exploit an unpatched vulnerability
7. Install Linus server on the virtual box and install ssh
8. Use Fail2banto scan log files and ban Ips that show the malicious signs
9. Launch brute-force attacks on the Linux server using Hydra.
10. Perform real-time network traffic analysis and data pocket logging using Snort

152

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to
CO1: Explain the basics of cyber security, cyber crime and cyber law (K2)
CO2: Classify various types of attacks and learn the tools to launch the attacks (K2)
CO3 Apply various tools to perform information gathering (K3)
CO4: Apply intrusion techniques to detect intrusion (K3)
CO5: Apply intrusion prevention techniques to prevent intrusion (K3)
TOTAL:60 PERIODS
TEXTBOOKS
1. Anand Shinde, “Introduction to Cyber Security Guide to the World of Cyber Security”, Notion
Press, 2021 (Unit 1)
2. Nina Godbole, Sunit Belapure, “Cyber Security: Understanding Cyber Crimes, Computer
Forensics and Legal Perspectives”, Wiley Publishers, 2011 (Unit 1)
3. https://owasp.org/www-project-top-ten/
REFERENCES
1. David Kim, Michael G. Solomon, “Fundamentals of Information Systems Security”, Jones &
Bartlett Learning Publishers, 2013 (Unit 2)
2. Patrick Engebretson, “The Basics of Hacking and Penetration Testing: Ethical Hacking and
Penetration Testing Made easy”, Elsevier, 2011 (Unit 3)
3. Kimberly Graves, “CEH Official Certified Ethical hacker Review Guide”, Wiley Publishers,
2007 (Unit 3)
4. William Stallings, Lawrie Brown, “Computer Security Principles and Practice”, Third Edition,
Pearson Education, 2015 (Units 4 and 5)
5. Georgia Weidman, “Penetration Testing: A Hands-On Introduction to Hacking”, No Starch
Press, 2014 (Lab)

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 1 1 1 1 - 1 - - - - 1 - 2 2 2
2 1 3 1 3 2 1 - - - - - - 2 2 1
3 2 1 1 1 - 1 - - - - 1 - 2 2 2
4 3 3 2 2 2 1 - - - - - - 2 2 3
5 3 2 1 1 1 1 - 1 - - 1 - 2 2 2
AVg. 2 2 1.2 1.6 1 1 0 0.2 0 0 0.6 0 2 2 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

153

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2327 NETWORK SECURITY L T P C

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To learn the fundamentals of cryptography.
• To learn the key management techniques and authentication approaches.
• To explore the network and transport layer security techniques.
• To understand the application layer security standards.
• To learn the real time security practices.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 8
Basics of cryptography, conventional and public-key cryptography, hash functions, authentication,
and digital signatures.

UNIT II KEY MANAGEMENT AND AUTHENTICATION 7

Key Management and Distribution: Symmetric Key Distribution, Distribution of Public Keys, X.509
Certificates, Public-Key Infrastructure. User Authentication: Remote User-Authentication Principles,
Remote User-Authentication Using Symmetric Encryption, Kerberos Systems, Remote User
Authentication Using Asymmetric Encryption.

UNIT III ACCESS CONTROL AND SECURITY 4

Network Access Control: Network Access Control, Extensible Authentication Protocol, IEEE 802.1X
Port-Based Network Access Control - IP Security - Internet Key Exchange (IKE). Transport-Level
Security: Web Security Considerations, Secure Sockets Layer, Transport Layer Security, HTTPS
standard, Secure Shell (SSH) application.

UNIT IV APPLICATION LAYER SECURITY 5

Electronic Mail Security: Pretty Good Privacy, S/MIME, DomainKeys Identified Mail. Wireless
Network Security: Mobile Device Security

UNIT V SECURITY PRACTICES 6

Firewalls and Intrusion Detection Systems: Intrusion Detection Password Management, Firewall
Characteristics Types of Firewalls, Firewall Basing, Firewall Location and Configurations.
Blockchains, Cloud Security and IoT security
30 PERIODS
PRACTICALEXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
1. Implement symmetric key algorithms
2. Implement asymmetric key algorithms and key exchange algorithms
3. Implement digital signature schemes
4. Installation of Wire shark, tcpdump and observe data transferred in client-server
communication using UDP/TCP and identify the UDP/TCP datagram.
5. Check message integrity and confidentiality using SSL
6. Experiment Eavesdropping, Dictionary attacks, MITM attacks
7. Experiment with Sniff Traffic using ARP Poisoning
8. Demonstrate intrusion detection system using any tool.
9. Explore network monitoring tools
10. Study to configure Firewall, VPN

154

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able:
CO1: Classify the encryption techniques
CO2: Illustrate the key management technique and authentication.
CO3 Evaluate the security techniques applied to network and transport layer
CO4: Discuss the application layer security standards.
CO5: Apply security practices for real time applications.
TOTAL:60 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:

1. Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and Practice, 6th Edition, William Stallings,
2014, Pearson, ISBN 13:9780133354690.

REFERENCES:
1. Network Security: Private Communications in a Public World, M. Speciner, R. Perlman, C.
Kaufman, Prentice Hall, 2002.
2. Linux iptables Pocket Reference, Gregor N. Purdy, O'Reilly, 2004, ISBN-13: 978-
0596005696.
3. Linux Firewalls, by Michael Rash, No Starch Press, October 2007, ISBN: 978-1-59327-141-
1.
4. Network Security, Firewalls And VPNs, J. Michael Stewart, Jones & Bartlett Learning, 2013,
ISBN-10: 1284031675, ISBN-13: 978-1284031676.
5. The Network Security Test Lab: A Step-By-Step Guide, Michael Gregg, Dreamtech Press,
2015, ISBN-10:8126558148, ISBN-13: 978-8126558148.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 2 2 2 - - - 2 1 2 1 2 3 1
2 1 1 3 2 2 - - - 2 2 1 1 3 1 2
3 1 2 1 1 2 - - - 3 3 1 3 2 1 3
4 2 2 3 2 3 - - - 3 3 2 1 2 1 3
5 2 1 3 2 2 - - - 2 1 1 3 2 1 1
AVg. 1.8 1.8 2.4 1.8 2.2 - - - 2.4 2 1.4 1.8 2.2 1.4 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlatio

155

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2321 SECURITY AND PRIVACY IN CLOUD LT P C

2 0 2 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To Introduce Cloud Computing terminology, definition & concepts
• To understand the security design and architectural considerations for Cloud
• To understand the Identity, Access control in Cloud
• To follow best practices for Cloud security using various design patterns
• To be able to monitor and audit cloud applications for security

UNIT I FUNDAMENTALS OF CLOUD SECURITY CONCEPTS 7

Overview of cloud security- Security Services - Confidentiality, Integrity, Authentication,
Non- repudiation, Access Control - Basic of cryptography - Conventional and public-key
cryptography, hash functions, authentication, and digital signatures.

UNIT II SECURITY DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE FOR CLOUD 6

Security design principles for Cloud Computing - Comprehensive data protection - End-
to-end access control - Common attack vectors and threats - Network and Storage - Secure
Isolation Strategies - Virtualization strategies - Inter-tenant network segmentation strategies
- Data Protection strategies: Data retention, deletion and archiving procedures for tenant
data, Encryption, Data Redaction, Tokenization, Obfuscation, PKI and Key

UNIT III ACCESS CONTROL AND IDENTITY MANAGEMENT 6

Access control requirements for Cloud infrastructure - User Identification - Authentication
and Authorization - Roles-based Access Control - Multi-factor authentication - Single Sign-
on, Identity Federation - Identity providers and service consumers - Storage and network
access control options- OS Hardening and minimization - Verified and measured boot -
Intruder Detection and prevention

UNIT IV CLOUD SECURITY DESIGN PATTERNS 6

Introduction to Design Patterns, Cloud bursting, Geo-tagging, Secure Cloud Interfaces,
Cloud Resource Access Control, Secure On-Premise Internet Access, Secure External
Cloud

UNIT V MONITORING, AUDITING AND MANAGEMENT 5

Proactive activity monitoring - Incident Response, Monitoring for unauthorized access,
malicious traffic, abuse of system privileges - Events and alerts - Auditing – Record
generation, Reporting and Management, Tamper-proofing audit logs, Quality of Services,
Secure Management, User management, Identity management, Security Information and
Event Management
30 PERIODS

PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS

1. Simulate a cloud scenario using Cloud Sim and run a scheduling algorithm not
present in Cloud Sim
2. simulate resource management using cloud sim
3. simulate log forensics using cloud sim
4. simulate a secure file sharing using a cloud sim

156

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

5. Implement data anonymization techniques over the simple dataset

(masking, k- anonymization, etc)
6. Implement any encryption algorithm to protect the images
7. Implement any image obfuscation mechanism
8. Implement a role-based access control mechanism in a specific scenario
9. implement an attribute-based access control mechanism based on a particular
scenario
10. Develop a log monitoring system with incident management in the cloud

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Understand the cloud concepts and fundamentals.
CO2: Explain the security challenges in the cloud.
CO3: Define cloud policy and Identity and Access Management.
CO4: Understand various risks and audit and monitoring mechanisms in the cloud.
CO5: Define the various architectural and design considerations for security in the cloud.
TOTAL:60 PERIODS
TEXTBOOKS
1. Raj Kumar Buyya , James Broberg, andrzejGoscinski, “Cloud Computing:‖, Wiley
2013
2. Dave shackleford, “Virtualization Security‖, SYBEX a wiley Brand 2013.
3. Mather, Kumaraswamy and Latif, “Cloud Security and Privacy‖, OREILLY 2011
REFERENCES
1. Mark C. Chu-Carroll “Code in the Cloud‖,CRC Press, 2011
2. Mastering Cloud Computing Foundations and Applications Programming
RajkumarBuyya, Christian Vechhiola, S. ThamaraiSelvi

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 3 1 2 - - - 1 1 1 3 3 1 2
2 1 3 2 3 1 - - - 2 2 3 2 3 1 2
3 3 2 2 3 2 - - - 3 1 1 2 2 3 1
4 2 1 2 3 3 - - - 3 2 3 3 1 1 2
5 1 3 3 1 1 - - - 2 3 3 2 2 3 2
AVg. 2 2.4 2.4 2.2 1.8 - - - 2.2 1.8 2.2 2.4 2.2 1.8 1.8
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

157

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2328 MULTIMEDIA AND ANIMATION LTPC

2 023
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To grasp the fundamental knowledge of Multimedia elements and
• To
systems
get familiar with Multimedia file formats and standards
• To learn the process of Authoring multimedia presentations
• To learn the techniques of animation in 2D and 3D and for the mobile
• UI
To explore different popular applications of multimedia

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO MULTIMEDIA 6

Definitions, Elements, Multimedia Hardware and Software, Distributed multimedia systems,
challenges: security, sharing / distribution, storage, retrieval, processing, computing. Multimedia
metadata, Multimedia databases, Hypermedia, Multimedia Learning.

UNIT II MULTIMEDIA FILE FORMATS AND STANDARDS 6

File formats – Text, Image file formats, Graphic and animation file formats, Digital audio and Video
file formats, Color in image and video, Color Models. Multimedia data and file formats for the web.

UNIT III MULTIMEDIA AUTHORING 6

Authoring metaphors, Tools Features and Types: Card and Page Based Tools, Icon and Object
Based Tools, Time Based Tools, Cross Platform Authoring Tools, Editing Tools,
Painting and Drawing Tools, 3D Modeling and Animation Tools, Image Editing Tools,
audio Editing Tools, Digital Movie Tools, Creating interactive presentations, virtual learning,
simulations.

UNITIV ANIMATION 6
Principles of animation: staging, squash and stretch, timing, onion skinning, secondary action, 2D,
2 ½ D, and 3D animation, Animation techniques: Keyframe, Morphing, Inverse Kinematics, Hand
Drawn, Character rigging, vector animation, stop motion, motion graphics, , Fluid Simulation,
skeletal animation, skinning Virtual Reality, Augmented Reality.

UNIT V MULTIMEDIA APPLICATIONS 6

Multimedia Big data computing, social networks, smart phones, surveillance, Analytics, Multimedia
Cloud Computing, Multimedia streaming cloud, media on demand, security and forensics, Online
social networking, multimedia ontology, Content based retrieval from digital libraries.
TOTAL : 30 PERIODS

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
Working with Image Editing tools:
• Install tools like GIMP/ InkScape / Krita / Pencil and perform editing operations:
Use different selection and transform tools to modify or improve an image
• Create logos and banners for home pages of websites.
Working with Audio Editing tools:
• Install tools like, Audacity / Ardour for audio editing, sound mixing and special effects like
fade-in or fade-out etc.,
• Perform audio compression by choosing a proper codec.
Working with Video Editing and conversion tools:
Install tools like OpenShot / Cinelerra / HandBrake for editing video content.
• Edit and mix video content, remove noise, create special effects, add 158

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

captions.
• Compress and convert video file format to other popular formats.
Working with web/mobile authoring tools:
Adapt / KompoZer/ BlueGriffon / BlueFish / Aptana Studio/ NetBeans / WordPress /Expression Web:
• Design simple Home page with banners, logos, tables quick links etc
• Provide a search interface and simple navigation from the home page to the inside pages of
the website.
• Design Responsive web pages for use on both web and mobile interfaces.
Working with Animation tools:
Install tools like, Krita, Wick Editor, Blender:
• Perform a simple 2D animation with sprites
• Perform simple 3D animation with keyframes, kinematics
• Working with Mobile UI animation tools: Origami studio / Lottie / Framer etc.,
Working with E-Learning authoring tools:
Install tools like EdApp / Moovly / CourseLab/ IsEazy and CamStudio/Ampache, VideoLAN:

Creating VR and AR applications:

• Any affordable VR viewer like Google Cardboard and any development platform like
Openspace3D / ARCore etc.
Note: all tools listed are open source. Usage of any proprietary tools in place of open source tools
is not restricted.

30 PERIODS

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://itsfoss.com/
2. https://www.ucl.ac.uk/slade/know/3396
3. https://handbrake.fr/
4. https://opensource.com/rticle/18/2/open-source-audio-visual-production-tools https://camstudio.org/
5. https://developer.android.com/training/animation/overview
6. https://developer.android.com/training/animation/overview (UNIT-IV)

159

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

COURSE OUTCOMES:
• Get the bigger picture of the context of Multimedia and its applications
• Use the different types of media elements of different formats on content pages
• Author 2D and 3D creative and interactive presentations for different target multimedia
applications.
• Use different standard animation techniques for 2D, 21/2 D, 3D applications
• Understand the complexity of multimedia applications in the context of cloud, security,
bigdata streaming, social networking, CBIR etc.,

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ze-Nian Li, Mark S. Drew, Jiangchuan Liu, Fundamentals of Multimedia”, Third Edition,
Springer Texts in Computer Science, 2021. (UNIT-I, II, III)

REFERENCES:
1. John M Blain, The Complete Guide to Blender Graphics: Computer Modeling & Animation,
CRC press, 3rd Edition, 2016.
2. Gerald Friedland, Ramesh Jain, “Multimedia Computing”, Cambridge University Press,
2018.
3. Prabhat K.Andleigh, Kiran Thakrar, “Multimedia System Design”, Pearson
Education, 1st Edition, 2015.
4. Mohsen Amini Salehi, Xiangbo Li, “Multimedia Cloud Computing Systems”, Springer Nature,
1st Edition, 2021.
5. Mark Gaimbruno, “3D Graphics and Animation”, Second Edition, New Riders, 2002.
6. Rogers David, “Animation: Master – A Complete Guide (Graphics Series)”, Charles River
Media, 2006.
7. Rick parent, “Computer Animation: Algorithms and Techniques”, Morgan Kauffman, 3rd
Edition, 2012.
8. Emilio Rodriguez Martinez, Mireia Alegre Ruiz, “UI Animations with Lottie and After Effects:
Create, render, and ship stunning After Effects animations natively on mobile with React
Native”, Packt Publishing, 2022.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 3 2 3 - - - 3 2 1 2 3 2 3
2 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 2 2 3 2 3
3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 2 3 3 2 3
4 3 3 3 3 3 2 - - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
5 3 3 3 3 3 2 - - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
AVg. 3. .8 3. .8 3. 2 - - 3. 2. 2. 2. 3. 2. 3.
0 0 0 0 0 . 0 8 2 6 0 4 0
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

160

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2311 UI AND UX DESIGN L T P C

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To provide a sound knowledge in UI & UX
• To understand the need for UI and UX
• To understand the various Research Methods used in Design
• To explore the various Tools used in UI & UX
• Creating a wireframe and prototype

UNIT I FOUNDATIONS OF DESIGN 6

UI vs. UX Design - Core Stages of Design Thinking - Divergent and Convergent Thinking -
Brainstorming and Game storming - Observational Empathy

UNIT II FOUNDATIONS OF UI DESIGN 6

Visual and UI Principles - UI Elements and Patterns - Interaction Behaviors and Principles –
Branding - Style Guides

UNIT III FOUNDATIONS OF UX DESIGN 6

Introduction to User Experience - Why You Should Care about User Experience - Understanding
User Experience - Defining the UX Design Process and its Methodology - Research in User
Experience Design - Tools and Method used for Research - User Needs and its Goals - Know about
Business Goals

UNIT IV WIREFRAMING, PROTOTYPING AND TESTING 6

Sketching Principles - Sketching Red Routes - Responsive Design – Wireframing - Creating
Wireflows - Building a Prototype - Building High-Fidelity Mockups - Designing Efficiently with Tools
- Interaction Patterns - Conducting Usability Tests - Other Evaluative User Research Methods -
Synthesizing Test Findings - Prototype Iteration

UNIT V RESEARCH, DESIGNING, IDEATING, & INFORMATION ARCHITECTURE 6

Identifying and Writing Problem Statements - Identifying Appropriate Research Methods - Creating
Personas - Solution Ideation - Creating User Stories - Creating Scenarios - Flow Diagrams - Flow
Mapping - Information Architecture
30 PERIODS
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 30 PERIODS
1. Designing a Responsive layout for an societal application
2. Exploring various UI Interaction Patterns
3. Developing an interface with proper UI Style Guides
4. Developing Wireflow diagram for application using open source software
5. Exploring various open source collaborative interface Platform
6. Hands on Design Thinking Process for a new product
7. Brainstorming feature for proposed product
8. Defining the Look and Feel of the new Project
9. Create a Sample Pattern Library for that product (Mood board, Fonts, Colors based on
UI principles)
10. Identify a customer problem to solve
11. Conduct end-to-end user research - User research, creating personas, Ideation
process (User stories, Scenarios), Flow diagrams, Flow Mapping
12. Sketch, design with popular tool and build a prototype and perform usability testing and
identify improvements

COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of the course, the students will be able to:
161

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC
CO1:Build UI for user Applications TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
CO2:Evaluate UX design of any product or application
CO3:Demonstrate UX Skills in product development
CO4:Implement Sketching principles
CO5:Create Wireframe and Prototype
TEXT BOOKS
1. Joel Marsh, “UX for Beginners”, O’Reilly , 2022
2. Jon Yablonski, “Laws of UX using Psychology to Design Better Product & Services” O’Reilly
2021

REFERENCES
1. Jenifer Tidwell, Charles Brewer, Aynne Valencia, “Designing Interface” 3 rd Edition , O’Reilly
2020
2. Steve Schoger, Adam Wathan “Refactoring UI”, 2018
3. Steve Krug, “Don't Make Me Think, Revisited: A Commonsense Approach to Web &
Mobile”, Third Edition, 2015
4. https://www.nngroup.com/articles/
5. https://www.interaction-design.org/literature.
CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 1 1 3 1 - - - 3 3 2 1 3 3 1
2 2 3 1 3 2 - - - 1 2 2 2 1 2 2
3 1 3 3 2 2 - - - 2 3 1 2 1 3 3
4 1 2 3 3 1 - - - 3 2 1 3 3 3 3
5 1 2 3 2 1 - - - 2 1 1 1 3 2 2
AVg. 1.6 2.2 2.2 2.6 1.4 - - - 2.2 2.2 1.4 1.8 2.2 2.6 2.2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

162

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2330 DIGITAL MARKETING L T P C

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• The primary objective of this module is to examine and explore the role and importance of
digital marketing in today’s rapidly changing business environment.
• It also focuses on how digital marketing can be utilized by organizations and how
its effectiveness can be measured.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO ONLINE MARKET 6

Online Market space- Digital Marketing Strategy- Components - Opportunities for building Brand
Website - Planning and Creation - Content Marketing.

UNIT II SEARCH ENGINE OPTIMISATION 6

Search Engine optimisation - Keyword Strategy- SEO Strategy - SEO success factors -On-Page
Techniques - Off-Page Techniques. Search Engine Marketing- How Search Engine works- SEM
components- PPC advertising -Display Advertisement

UNIT III E- MAIL MARKETING 6

E- Mail Marketing - Types of E- Mail Marketing - Email Automation - Lead Generation - Integrating
Email with Social Media and Mobile- Measuring and maximizing email campaign effectiveness.
Mobile Marketing- Mobile Inventory/channels- Location based; Context based; Coupons and offers,
Mobile Apps, Mobile Commerce, SMS Campaigns-Profiling and targeting

UNIT IV SOCIAL MEDIA MARKETING 6

Social Media Marketing - Social Media Channels- Leveraging Social media for brand conversations
and buzz. Successful /benchmark Social media campaigns. Engagement Marketing- Building
Customer relationships - Creating Loyalty drivers - Influencer Marketing.

UNIT V DIGITAL TRANSFORMATION 6

Digital Transformation & Channel Attribution- Analytics- Ad-words, Email, Mobile, Social Media, Web
Analytics - Changing your strategy based on analysis- Recent trends in Digital marketing.
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
1. Subscribe to a weekly/quarterly newsletter and analyze how its content and structure aid
with the branding of the company and how it aids its potential customer segments.
2. Perform keyword search for a skincare hospital website based on search volume and
competition using Google keyword planner tool.
3. Demonstrate how to use the Google WebMasters Indexing API
4. Discuss an interesting case study regarding how an insurance company manages leads.
5. Discuss negative and positive impacts and ethical implications of using social media for
political advertising.
6. Discuss how Predictive analytics is impacting marketing automation

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: To examine and explore the role and importance of digital marketing in today’s
rapidly changing business environment..
CO2: To focuses on how digital marketing can be utilized by organizations and how its
effectiveness can be measured.
CO3: To know the key elements of a digital marketing strategy.
CO4: To study how the effectiveness of a digital marketing campaign can be measured
CO5: To demonstrate advanced practical skills in common digital marketing tools such as SEO,
SEM, Social media and Blogs.
163

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC
TEXT BOOKS TOTAL:60 PERIODS
1.Fundamentals of Digital Marketing by Puneet Singh Bhatia;Publisher: Pearson Education;
2. First edition ( July 2017);ISBN-10: 933258737X;ISBN-13: 978-9332587373.
3. Digital Marketing by Vandana Ahuja ;Publisher: Oxford University Press ( April 2015). ISBN-
10: 0199455449
4. Marketing 4.0: Moving from Traditional to Digital by Philip Kotler;Publisher: Wiley; 1st edition
( April 2017); ISBN10: 9788126566938;ISBN 13: 9788126566938;ASIN: 8126566930.
5. Ryan, D. (2014 ). Understanding Digital Marketing: Marketing Strategies for Engaging the
Digital Generation, Kogan Page Limited..
6. Barker, Barker, Bormann and Neher(2017), Social Media Marketing: A Strategic Approach,
2E South-Western ,Cengage Learning.
7. Pulizzi,J Beginner's Guide to Digital Marketing , Mcgraw Hill Education

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 2 1 3 - - - 1 2 3 3 3 3 3
2 2 2 2 1 3 - - - 1 2 3 3 3 3 3
3 1 1 1 2 2 - - - 1 2 1 1 3 2 1
4 3 2 2 3 1 - - - 1 3 2 3 2 3 2
5 2 3 1 3 3 - - - 2 3 1 2 1 2 1
AVg. 2.2 2.2 1.6 2 2.4 - - - 1.2 2.4 2 2.4 2.4 2.6 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

164

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2331 VISUAL EFFECTS L T P C

2 0 2 3
COURSE
OBJECTIVES
● To get a basic idea on animation principles and techniques
● To get exposure to CGI, color and light elements of VFX
● To have a better understanding of basic special effects techniques
● To have a knowledge of state of the art vfx techniques
● To become familiar with popular compositing techniques

UNIT I ANIMATION BASICS 6

VFX production pipeline, Principles of animation, Techniques: Keyframe, kinematics, Full animation,
limited animation, Rotoscoping, stop motion, object animation, pixilation, rigging, shape keys,
motion paths.

UNIT II CGI, COLOR, LIGHT 6

CGI – virtual worlds, Photorealism, physical realism, function realism, 3D Modeling and Rendering:
color - Color spaces, color depth, Color grading, color effects, HDRI, Light – Area and mesh lights,
image based lights, PBR lights, photometric light, BRDF shading model

UNIT III SPECIAL EFFECTS 6

Special Effects – props, scaled models, animatronics, pyrotechniques, Schüfftan process, Particle
effects – wind, rain, fog, fire

UNIT IV VISUAL EFFECTS TECHNIQUES 6

Motion Capture, Matt Painting, Rigging, Front Projection.Rotoscoping, Match Moving – Tracking,
camera reconstruction, planar tracking, Calibration, Point Cloud Projection, Ground plane
determination, 3D Match Moving

UNIT V COMPOSITING 6
Compositing – chroma key, blue screen/green screen, background projection, alpha compositing,
deep image compositing, multiple exposure, matting, VFX tools - Blender, Natron, GIMP.
30 PERIODS

LaboratoryExperiments: Using Natron:

• Understanding Natron Environment:
• Working with color and using color grading o using Channels
• Merging images o Using Rotopaint
• performing Tracking and stabilizing o Transforming elements
• Stereoscopic compositing
Using Blender:
• Motion Tracking – camera and object tracking
• Camera fx, color grading, vignettes
• Compositing images and video files
• Multilayer rendering

165

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

COURSE OUTCOMES 30 PERIODS

TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1:To implement animation in 2D / 3D following the principles and techniques

CO2:To use CGI, color and light elements in VFX applications
CO3:To create special effects using any of the state of the art tools
CO4:To apply popular visual effects techniques using advanced tools
CO5:To use compositing tools for creating VFX for a variety of applications

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Chris Roda, Real Time Visual Effects for the Technical Artist, CRC Press, 1st Edition, 2022.
2. Steve Wright, Digital Compositing for film and video, Routledge, 4th Edition, 2017.
3. John Gress, Digital Visual Effects and Compositing, New Riders Press, 1st Edition, 2014.
REFERENCES:
1. Jon Gress, “Digital Visual Effects and Compositing”, New Riders Press, 1 st Edition, 2014.
2. Robin Brinkman, The Art and Science of Digital Compositing: Techniques for Visual Effects,
Animation and Motion Graphics”, Morgan Kauffman, 2008.
3. Luiz Velho, Bruno Madeira, “Introduction to Visual Effects A Computational Approach”,
Routledge, 2023.
4. Jasmine Katatikarn, Michael Tanzillo, “Lighting for Animation: The art of visual storytelling
, Routledge, 1st Edition, 2016.
5. Eran Dinur, “The Complete guide to Photorealism, for Visual Effects, Visualization
6. Jeffrey A. Okun, Susan Zwerman, Christopher McKittrick, “ The VES Handbook of Visual
Effects: Industry Standard VFX Practices and Procedures”, Third Edition, 2020.and
Games”, Routledge, 1st Edition, 2022.
7. https://www.blender.org/features/vfx/
8. https://natrongithub.github.io/

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 3 3 1 - - - 1 2 1 1 3 3 2
2 1 3 3 2 1 - - - 3 2 2 2 1 1 1
3 2 3 3 2 1 - - - 1 2 1 2 2 2 2
4 3 3 2 2 3 - - - 3 3 2 2 2 3 1
5 1 2 1 1 2 - - - 1 3 2 3 2 3 1
AVg. 2 2.8 2.4 2 1.6 - - - 1.8 2.4 1.6 2 2 2.4 1.4
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

166

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2332 GAME DEVELOPMENT L T P C

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To know the basics of 2D and 3D graphics for game development.
To know the stages of game development.
To understand the basics of a game engine.
To survey the gaming development environment and tool kits.
To learn and develop simple games using Pygame environment

UNIT I 3D GRAPHICS FOR GAME DESIGN 6

Genres of Games, Basics of 2D and 3D Graphics for Game Avatar, Game Components – 2D and
3D Transformations – Projections – Color Models – Illumination and Shader Models – Animation –
Controller Based Animation.

UNIT II GAME DESIGN PRINCIPLES 6

Character Development, Storyboard Development for Gaming – Script Design – Script Narration,
Game Balancing, Core Mechanics, Principles of Level Design – Proposals – Writing for
Preproduction, Production and Post – Production.

UNIT III GAME ENGINE DESIGN 6

Rendering Concept – Software Rendering – Hardware Rendering – Spatial Sorting Algorithms –
Algorithms for Game Engine– Collision Detection – Game Logic – Game AI – Pathfinding.

UNIT IV OVERVIEW OF GAMING PLATFORMS AND FRAMEWORKS 6

Pygame Game development – Unity – Unity Scripts –Mobile Gaming, Game Studio, Unity
Single player and Multi-Player games.

UNIT V GAME DEVELOPMENT USING PYGAME 6

Developing 2D and 3D interactive games using Pygame – Avatar Creation – 2D and 3D Graphics
Programming – Incorporating music and sound – Asset Creations – Game Physics algorithms
Development – Device Handling in Pygame – Overview of Isometric and Tile Based arcade Games
– Puzzle Games.
30 PERIODS

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1:Explain the concepts of 2D and 3d Graphics
CO2:Design game design documents.
CO3:Implementation of gaming engines.
CO4:Survey gaming environments and frameworks.
CO5:Implement a simple game in Pygame.
EXPERIMENTS: 30 PERIODS
1. Installation of a game engine, e.g., Unity, Unreal Engine, familiarization of the GUI.
Conceptualize the theme for a 2D game.
2. Character design, sprites, movement and character control
3. Level design: design of the world in the form of tiles along with interactive and collectible
objects.
4. Design of interaction between the player and the world, optionally using the physics engine.
5. Developing a 2D interactive using Pygame
6. Developing a Puzzle game
7. Design of menus and user interaction in mobile platforms.
8. Developing a 3D Game using Unreal 167

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

9. Developing a Multiplayer game using unity

TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
REFERENCES
1. Sanjay Madhav, “Game Programming Algorithms and Techniques: A Platform Agnostic
Approach”, Addison Wesley,2013.
2. Will McGugan, “Beginning Game Development with Python and Pygame: From Novice to
Professional”, Apress,2007.
3. Paul Craven, “Python Arcade games”, Apress Publishers,2016.
4. David H. Eberly, “3D Game Engine Design: A Practical Approach to Real-Time Computer
Graphics”, Second Edition, CRC Press,2006.
5. Jung Hyun Han, “3D Graphics for Game Programming”, Chapman and Hall/CRC, 2011.
CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 2 1 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 2
2 1 2 2 1 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 1
3 1 1 1 2 1 - - - - - - - 2 2 2
4 3 3 1 3 3 - - - - - - - 2 2 3
5 3 3 2 1 3 - - - - - - - 2 2 3
AVg. 2.2 2.2 1.6 1.6 2.2 - - - - - - - 2 2 2.2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

168

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2333 MULTIMEDIA DATA COMPRESSION AND STORAGE L T P C

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the basics of compression techniques
• To understand the categories of compression for text, image and video
• To explore the modalities of text, image and video compression algorithms
• To know about basics of consistency of data availability in storage devices
• To understand the concepts of data streaming services

UNIT I BASICS OF DATA COMPRESSION 6

Introduction ––Lossless and LossyCompression– Basics of Huffmann coding- Arithmetic coding-
Dictionary techniques- Context based compression – Applications

UNIT II IMAGE COMPRESSION 6

Lossless Image compression – JPEG-CALIC-JPEG LS-Prediction using conditional averages –
Progressive Image Transmission – Lossless Image compression formats – Applications - Facsimile
encoding

UNIT III VIDEO COMPRESSION 6

Introduction – Motion Compensation – Video Signal Representation – H.261 – MPEG-1- MPEG-2-
H.263.

UNIT IV DATA PLACEMENT ON DISKS 6

Statistical placement on Disks – Striping on Disks – Replication Placement on Disks – Constraint
allocation on Disks – Tertiary storage Devices – Continuous Placement on Hierarchical storage
system – Statistical placement on Hierarchical storage systems – Constraint allocation on
Hierarchical storage system

UNIT V DISK SCHEDULING METHODS 6

Scheduling methods for disk requests – Feasibility conditions of concurrent streams– Scheduling
methods for request streams
30 PERIODS
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Construct Huffman codes for given symbol probabilities.

2. Encode run lengths with fixed-length code.
3. Lempel-Ziv algorithm for adaptive variable-length encoding
4. Compress the given word using arithmetic coding based on the frequency of the letters.
5. Write a shell script, which converts all images in the current directory in JPEG.
6. Write a program to split images from a video without using any primitives.
7. Create a photo album of a trip by applying appropriate image dimensions and format.
8. Write the code for identifying the popularity of content retrieval from media server.
9. Write the code for ensuring data availability in disks using strip based method.
10. Program for scheduling requests for data streams.

30 PERIODS
TOTAL : 60 PERIODS

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Understand the basics of text, Image and Video compression
CO2: Understand the various compression algorithms for multimedia content
CO3: Explore the applications of various compression techniques
CO4: Explore knowledge on multimedia storage on disks
CO5: Understand scheduling methods for request streams 169

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

TEXT BOOKS
1. Khalid Sayood, Introduction to Data Compression, Morgan Kaufmann Series in Multimedia
Information and Systems, 2018, 5th Edition.
2. Philip K.C.Tse, Multimedia Information Storage and Retrieval: Techniques and
Technologies, 2008
REFERENCES
1. David Salomon, A concise introduction to data compression, 2008.
2. Lenald Best, Best’s Guide to Live Stream Video Broadcasting, BCB Live Teaching series,
2017.
3. Yun-Qing Shi, Image And Video Compression For Multimedia Engineering Fundamentals
Algorithms And Standards, Taylor& Francis,2019
4. Irina Bocharova, Compression for Multimedia, Cambridge University Press; 1st edition,
2009

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - - - - 2 2 2
2 3 2 2 1 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 2
3 3 2 2 1 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 2
4 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - - - - 2 2 2
5 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - - - - 2 2 2
AVg. 3 2 2 1 1.4 - - - - - - - 2 2 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

170

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2329 VIDEO CREATION AND EDITING L T P C

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
● To introduce the broad perspective of linear and nonlinear editing concepts.
● To understand the concept of Storytelling styles.
● To be familiar with audio and video recording. To apply different media tools.
● To learn and understand the concepts of AVID XPRESS DV 4.

UNIT I FUNDAMENTALS 6
Evolution of filmmaking - linear editing - non-linear digital video - Economy of Expression - risks
associated with altering reality through editing.

UNIT II STORYTELLING 6
Storytelling styles in a digital world through jump cuts, L-cuts, match cuts, cutaways, dissolves, split
edits - Consumer and pro NLE systems - digitizing images - managing resolutions - mechanics of
digital editing - pointer files - media management.

UNIT III USING AUDIO AND VIDEO 6

Capturing digital and analog video importing audio putting video on exporting digital video to tape
recording to CDs and VCDs.

UNIT IV WORKING WITH FINAL CUT PRO 6

Working with clips and the Viewer - working with sequences, the Timeline, and the canvas - Basic
Editing - Adding and Editing Testing Effects - Advanced Editing and Training Techniques - Working
with Audio - Using Media Tools - Viewing and Setting Preferences.

UNIT V WORKING WITH AVID XPRESS DV 4 6

Starting Projects and Working with Project Window - Using Basic Tools and Logging - Preparing to
Record and Recording - Importing Files - Organizing with Bins - Viewing and Making Footage -
Using Timeline and Working in Trim Mode - Working with Audio - Output Options.
30 PERIODS
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 30 PERIODS
1. Write a Movie Synopsis (Individual/Team Writing)
2. Present team stories in class.
3. Script/Storyboard Writing(Individual Assignment)
4. Pre-Production: Personnel, budgeting, scheduling, location scouting, casting, contracts &
agreements
5. Production: Single camera production personnel & equipment, Documentary Production
6. Writing The Final Proposal: Overview, Media Treatments, Summary, Pitching
7. Write Documentary & Animation Treatment
8. Post-production: Editing, Sound design, Finishing

COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of the course, the students will be able to: TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
CO1:Compare the strengths and limitations of Nonlinear editing.
CO2:Identify the infrastructure and significance of storytelling.
CO3:Apply suitable methods for recording to CDs and VCDs.
CO4:Address the core issues of advanced editing and training techniques.

171

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

TEXT BOOKS
1. Avid Xpress DV 4 User Guide, 2007.
2. Final Cut Pro 6 User Manual, 2004.
3. Keith Underdahl, “Digital Video for Dummies”, Third Edition, Dummy Series, 2001.
4. Robert M. Goodman and Partick McGarth, “Editing Digital Video: The Complete
Creative and Technical Guide”, Digital Video and Audio, McGraw – Hill 2003.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 1 2 1 1 - - - 1 2 3 2 3 1 1
2 2 3 3 3 1 - - - 1 2 2 1 1 1 1
3 2 2 3 3 1 - - - 3 1 1 1 2 1 2
4 2 2 2 2 1 - - - 3 1 1 1 2 2 2
5 2 1 3 3 1 - - - 3 2 1 2 2 2 1
AVg. 2.2 1.8 2.6 2.4 1 - - - 2.2 1.6 1.6 1.4 2 1.4 1.4
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

172

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2334 ROBOTIC PROCESS AUTOMATION LT P C

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the basic concepts of Robotic Process Automation.
• To expose to the key RPA design and development strategies and methodologies.
• To learn the fundamental RPA logic and structure.
• To explore the Exception Handling, Debugging and Logging operations in RPA.
• To learn to deploy and Maintain the software bot.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO ROBOTIC PROCESS AUTOMATION 6

Emergence of Robotic Process Automation (RPA), Evolution of RPA, Differentiating RPA from
Automation - Benefits of RPA - Application areas of RPA, Components of RPA, RPA Platforms.
Robotic Process Automation Tools - Templates, User Interface, Domains in Activities, Workflow
Files.

UNIT II AUTOMATION PROCESS ACTIVITIES 6

Sequence, Flowchart & Control Flow: Sequencing the Workflow, Activities, Flowchart, Control Flow
for Decision making. Data Manipulation: Variables, Collection, Arguments, Data Table, Clipboard
management, File operations Controls: Finding the control, waiting for a control, Act on a control,
UiExplorer, Handling Events

UNIT III APP INTEGRATION, RECORDING AND SCRAPING 6

App Integration, Recording, Scraping, Selector, Workflow Activities. Recording mouse and keyboard
actions to perform operation, Scraping data from website and writing to CSV. Process Mining.

UNIT IV EXCEPTION HANDLING AND CODE MANAGEMENT 6

Exception handling, Common exceptions, Logging- Debugging techniques, Collecting crash dumps,
Error reporting. Code management and maintenance: Project organization, Nesting workflows,
Reusability, Templates, Commenting techniques, State Machine.

UNIT V DEPLOYMENT AND MAINTENANCE 6

Publishing using publish utility, Orchestration Server, Control bots, Orchestration Server to deploy
bots, License management, Publishing and managing updates. RPA Vendors - Open Source
RPA, Future of RPA
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
Setup and Configure a RPA tool and understand the user interface of the tool:
1. Create a Sequence to obtain user inputs display them using a message box;
2. Create a Flowchart to navigate to a desired page based on a condition;
3. Create a State Machine workflow to compare user input with a random number.
4. Build a process in the RPA platform using UI Automation Activities.
5. Create an automation process using key System Activities, Variables and Arguments
6. Also implement Automation using System Trigger
7. Automate login to (web)Email account
8. Recording mouse and keyboard actions.
9. Scraping data from website and writing to CSV
10. Implement Error Handling in RPA platform
11. Web Scraping
12. Email Query Processing

173

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC
COURSE OUTCOMES: TOTAL:60 PERIODS
By the end of this course, the students will be able to:
• Enunciate the key distinctions between RPA and existing automation techniques
and platforms.
• Use UiPath to design control flows and work flows for the target process
• Implement recording, web scraping andprocess mining by automation
• Use UIPath Studio to detect, and handle exceptions in automation processes
• Implement and use Orchestrator for creation, monitoring, scheduling, and controlling
of automated bots and processes.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Learning Robotic Process Automation: Create Software robots and automate business
processes with the leading RPA tool - UiPath by Alok Mani Tripathi, Packt Publishing, 2018.
2. Tom Taulli , “The Robotic Process Automation Handbook: A Guide to Implementing RPA
Systems”, Apress publications, 2020.
REFERENCES:
1. Frank Casale (Author), Rebecca Dilla (Author), Heidi Jaynes (Author), Lauren Livingston
(Author), Introduction to Robotic Process Automation: a Primer, Institute of Robotic Process
Automation, Amazon Asia-Pacific Holdings Private Limited, 2018
2. Richard Murdoch, Robotic Process Automation: Guide To Building Software Robots,
Automate Repetitive Tasks & Become An RPA Consultant, Amazon Asia-Pacific Holdings
Private Limited, 2018
3. A Gerardus Blokdyk, “Robotic Process Automation Rpa A Complete Guide “, 2020

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 2 1 3 - - - 1 3 3 2 2 2 1
2 1 1 2 3 3 - - - 1 2 3 1 3 2 1
3 2 3 2 3 3 - - - 2 3 1 1 3 3 3
4 1 2 1 2 2 - - - 1 2 1 3 3 3 2
5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 1 1 1 3 2 1
AVg. 2 2.2 2 2.4 2.8 - - - 1.6 2.2 1.8 1.6 2.8 2.4 1.6
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

174

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2335 NEURAL NETWORKS AND DEEP LEARNING L T PC

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the basics in deep neural networks
• To understand the basics of associative memory and unsupervised learning networks
• To apply CNN architectures of deep neural networks
• To analyze the key computations underlying deep learning, then use them to build and
train deep neural networks for various tasks.
• To apply autoencoders and generative models for suitable applications.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 6
Neural Networks-Application Scope of Neural Networks-Artificial Neural Network: An Introduction-
Evolution of Neural Networks-Basic Models of Artificial Neural Network- Important Terminologies of
ANNs-Supervised Learning Network.

UNIT II ASSOCIATIVE MEMORY AND UNSUPERVISED LEARNING NETWORKS 6

Training Algorithms for Pattern Association-Auto associative Memory Network-Hetero associative
Memory Network-Bidirectional Associative Memory (BAM)-Hopfield Networks-Iterative
Autoassociative Memory Networks-Temporal Associative Memory Network-Fixed Weight
Competitive Nets-Kohonen Self-Organizing Feature Maps-Learning Vector Quantization-Counter
propagation Networks-Adaptive Resonance Theory Network.

UNIT III THIRD-GENERATION NEURAL NETWORKS 6

Spiking Neural Networks-Convolutional Neural Networks-Deep Learning Neural Networks-Extreme
Learning Machine Model-Convolutional Neural Networks: The Convolution Operation – Motivation –
Pooling – Variants of the basic Convolution Function – Structured Outputs – Data Types – Efficient
Convolution Algorithms – Neuroscientific Basis – Applications: Computer Vision, Image Generation,
Image Compression.

UNIT IV DEEP FEEDFORWARD NETWORKS 6

History of Deep Learning- A Probabilistic Theory of Deep Learning- Gradient Learning – Chain Rule
and Backpropagation - Regularization: Dataset Augmentation – Noise Robustness -Early Stopping,
Bagging and Dropout - batch normalization- VC Dimension and Neural Nets.

UNIT V RECURRENT NEURAL NETWORKS 6

Recurrent Neural Networks: Introduction – Recursive Neural Networks – Bidirectional RNNs – Deep
Recurrent Networks – Applications: Image Generation, Image Compression, Natural Language
Processing. Complete Auto encoder, Regularized Autoencoder, Stochastic Encoders and Decoders,
Contractive Encoders.

30 PERIODS
LAB EXPERIMENTS: 30 PERIODS
1. Implement simple vector addition in TensorFlow.
2. Implement a regression model in Keras.
3. Implement a perceptron in TensorFlow/Keras Environment.
4. Implement a Feed-Forward Network in TensorFlow/Keras.
5. Implement an Image Classifier using CNN in TensorFlow/Keras.
6. Improve the Deep learning model by fine tuning hyper parameters.
7. Implement a Transfer Learning concept in Image Classification.
8. Using a pre trained model on Keras for Transfer Learning
9. Perform Sentiment Analysis using RNN
10. Implement an LSTM based Autoencoder in TensorFlow/Keras.
175
11. Image generation using GAN
Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023
 Department of CSE,PEC

Additional Experiments:
12. Train a Deep learning model to classify a given image using pre trained model
13. Recommendation system from sales data using Deep Learning
14. Implement Object Detection using CNN
15. Implement any simple Reinforcement Algorithm for an NLP problem
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Apply Convolution Neural Network for image processing.
CO2: Understand the basics of associative memory and unsupervised learning networks.
CO3: Apply CNN and its variants for suitable applications.
CO4: Analyze the key computations underlying deep learning and use them to build and train deep
neural networks for various tasks.
CO5: Apply autoencoders and generative models for suitable applications.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ian Goodfellow, Yoshua Bengio, Aaron Courville, “Deep Learning”, MIT Press, 2016.
2. Francois Chollet, “Deep Learning with Python”, Second Edition, Manning Publications,
2021.

REFERENCES:
1. Aurélien Géron, “Hands-On Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn and TensorFlow”, Oreilly,
2018.
2. Josh Patterson, Adam Gibson, “Deep Learning: A Practitioner’s Approach”, O’Reilly Media,
2017
3. Charu C. Aggarwal, “Neural Networks and Deep Learning: A Textbook”, Springer
International Publishing, 1st Edition, 2018.
4. Learn Keras for Deep Neural Networks, Jojo Moolayil, Apress,2018
5. Deep Learning Projects Using TensorFlow 2, Vinita Silaparasetty, Apress, 2020
6. Deep Learning with Python, FRANÇOIS CHOLLET, MANNING SHELTER ISLAND,2017.
7. S Rajasekaran, G A Vijayalakshmi Pai, “Neural Networks, FuzzyLogic and Genetic
Algorithm, Synthesis and Applications”, PHI Learning, 2017.
8. Pro Deep Learning with TensorFlow, Santanu Pattanayak, Apress,2017
9. James A Freeman, David M S Kapura, “Neural Networks Algorithms, Applications, and
Programming Techniques”, Addison Wesley, 2003.
CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 3 2 3 1 - - 2 1 - - 2 2 1
2 3 1 2 1 - - - - - 1 2 2 - 1 -
3 3 3 3 3 3 1 - - 2 1 - - 2 2 1
4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 2 - 2 3 2 2 2
5 1 1 3 2 3 - - - 2 - - - 1 1 -
AVg. 2.6 2 2.8 2.2 2.4 0.4 0 0 1.6 0.6 0.8 1 1.4 1.6 0.8
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

176

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2326 CYBER SECURITY L T P C

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To learn cybercrime and cyberlaw.
• To understand the cyber attacks and tools for mitigating them.
• To understand information gathering.
• To learn how to detect a cyber attack.
• To learn how to prevent a cyber attack.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 6
Cyber Security – History of Internet – Impact of Internet – CIA Triad; Reason for Cyber Crime –
Need for Cyber Security – History of Cyber Crime; Cybercriminals – Classification of Cybercrimes –
A Global Perspective on Cyber Crimes; Cyber Laws – The Indian IT Act – Cybercrime and
Punishment.

UNIT II ATTACKS AND COUNTERMEASURES 6

OSWAP; Malicious Attack Threats and Vulnerabilities: Scope of Cyber-Attacks – Security Breach –
Types of Malicious Attacks – Malicious Software – Common Attack Vectors – Social engineering
Attack – Wireless Network Attack – Web Application Attack – Attack Tools – Countermeasures.

UNIT III RECONNAISSANCE 5

Harvester – Whois – Netcraft – Host – Extracting Information from DNS – Extracting Information
from E-mail Servers – Social Engineering Reconnaissance; Scanning – Port Scanning – Network
Scanning and Vulnerability Scanning – Scanning Methodology – Ping Sweer Techniques – Nmap
Command Switches – SYN – Stealth – XMAS – NULL – IDLE – FIN Scans – Banner Grabbing and
OS Finger printing Techniques.

UNIT IV INTRUSION DETECTION 5

Host -Based Intrusion Detection – Network -Based Intrusion Detection – Distributed or Hybrid
Intrusion Detection – Intrusion Detection Exchange Format – Honeypots – Example System Snort.

UNIT V INTRUSION PREVENTION 5

Firewalls and Intrusion Prevention Systems: Need for Firewalls – Firewall Characteristics and
Access Policy – Types of Firewalls – Firewall Basing – Firewall Location and Configurations –
Intrusion Prevention Systems – Example Unified Threat Management Products.
30 PERIODS

PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS

1. Install Kali Linux on Virtual box
2. Explore Kali Linux and bash scripting
3. Perform open source intelligence gathering using Netcraft, Whois Lookups, DNS
Reconnaissance, Harvester and Maltego
4. Understand the nmap command d and scan a target using nmap
5. Install metasploitable2 on the virtual box and search for unpatched vulnerabilities
6. Use Metasploit to exploit an unpatched vulnerability
7. Install Linus server on the virtual box and install ssh
8. Use Fail2banto scan log files and ban Ips that show the malicious signs
9. Launch brute-force attacks on the Linux server using Hydra.
10. Perform real-time network traffic analysis and data pocket logging using Snort

177

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to
CO1: Explain the basics of cyber security, cyber crime and cyber law (K2)
CO2: Classify various types of attacks and learn the tools to launch the attacks (K2)
CO3 Apply various tools to perform information gathering (K3)
CO4: Apply intrusion techniques to detect intrusion (K3)
CO5: Apply intrusion prevention techniques to prevent intrusion (K3)
TOTAL:60 PERIODS
TEXTBOOKS
1. Anand Shinde, “Introduction to Cyber Security Guide to the World of Cyber Security”, Notion
Press, 2021 (Unit 1)
2. Nina Godbole, Sunit Belapure, “Cyber Security: Understanding Cyber Crimes, Computer
Forensics and Legal Perspectives”, Wiley Publishers, 2011 (Unit 1)
3. https://owasp.org/www-project-top-ten/
REFERENCES
1. David Kim, Michael G. Solomon, “Fundamentals of Information Systems Security”, Jones &
Bartlett Learning Publishers, 2013 (Unit 2)
2. Patrick Engebretson, “The Basics of Hacking and Penetration Testing: Ethical Hacking and
Penetration Testing Made easy”, Elsevier, 2011 (Unit 3)
3. Kimberly Graves, “CEH Official Certified Ethical hacker Review Guide”, Wiley Publishers,
2007 (Unit 3)
4. William Stallings, Lawrie Brown, “Computer Security Principles and Practice”, Third Edition,
Pearson Education, 2015 (Units 4 and 5)
5. Georgia Weidman, “Penetration Testing: A Hands-On Introduction to Hacking”, No Starch
Press, 2014 (Lab)

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 1 1 1 1 - 1 - - - - 1 - 2 2 2
2 1 3 1 3 2 1 - - - - - - 2 2 1
3 2 1 1 1 - 1 - - - - 1 - 2 2 2
4 3 3 2 2 2 1 - - - - - - 2 2 3
5 3 2 1 1 1 1 - 1 - - 1 - 2 2 2
AVg. 2 2 1.2 1.6 1 1 0 0.2 0 0 0.6 0 2 2 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

178

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2336 QUANTUM COMPUTING L T P C

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To know the background of classical computing and quantum computing.
• To learn the fundamental concepts behind quantum computation.
• To study the details of quantum mechanics and its relation to Computer Science.
• To gain knowledge about the basic hardware and mathematical models of
quantum computation.
• To learn the basics of quantum information and the theory behind it.

UNIT I QUANTUM COMPUTING BASIC CONCEPTS 6

Complex Numbers - Linear Algebra - Matrices and Operators - Global Perspectives Postulates of
Quantum Mechanics – Quantum Bits - Representations of Qubits - Superpositions

UNIT II QUANTUM GATES AND CIRCUITS 5

Universal logic gates - Basic single qubit gates - Multiple qubit gates - Circuit development -
Quantum error correction

UNIT III QUANTUM ALGORITHMS 7

Quantum parallelism - Deutsch’s algorithm - The Deutsch–Jozsa algorithm - Quantum Fourier
transform and its applications - Quantum Search Algorithms: Grover’s Algorithm

UNIT IV QUANTUM INFORMATION THEORY 6

Data compression - Shannon’s noiseless channel coding theorem - Schumacher’s quantum
noiseless channel coding theorem - Classical information over noisy quantum channels

UNIT V QUANTUM CRYPTOGRAPHY 6

Classical cryptography basic concepts - Private key cryptography - Shor’s Factoring Algorithm -
Quantum Key Distribution - BB84 - Ekart 91
30PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES 30 PERIODS
1. Single qubit gate simulation - Quantum Composer
2. Multiple qubit gate simulation - Quantum Composer
3. Composing simple quantum circuits with q-gates and measuring the output into classical
bits.
4. IBM Qiskit Platform Introduction
5. Implementation of Shor’s Algorithms
6. Implementation of Grover’s Algorithm
7. Implementation of Deutsch’s Algorithm
8. Implementation of Deutsch-Jozsa’s Algorithm
9. Integer factorization using Shor’s Algorithm
10. QKD Simulation
11. Mini Project such as implementing an API for efficient search using Grover’s Algorithms or

COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of the course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Understand the basics of quantum computing.
CO2: Understand the background of Quantum Mechanics.
CO3: Analyze the computation models.
CO4: Model the circuits using quantum computation.
environments and frameworks.
CO5: Understand the quantum operations such as noise and error–correction.
TOTAL:60 PERIODS
179

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

TEXTBOOKS:
1. Parag K Lala, Mc Graw Hill Education, “Quantum Computing, A Beginners Introduction”,
First edition (1 November 2020).
2. Michael A. Nielsen, Issac L. Chuang, “Quantum Computation and Quantum Information”,
Tenth Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2010.
3. Chris Bernhardt, The MIT Press; Reprint edition (8 September 2020), “Quantum Computing
for Everyone”.

REFERENCES
1. Scott Aaronson, “Quantum Computing Since Democritus”, Cambridge University Press,
2013.
2. N. David Mermin, “Quantum Computer Science: An Introduction”, Cambridge University
Press, 2007.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 2 2 - - - - 2 - - - 2 3 2
2 3 2 2 2 - - - - 2 - - - 2 3 1
3 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 3 - - - 3 2 2
4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 - - - 1 3 2
5 3 3 2 3 - - - - 2 - - - 1 3 3
AVg. 3 2.6 2.4 2.6 1 - - - 2.4 - - - 1.8 2.8 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

180

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2337 ETHICS AND AI L T P C

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• Study the morality and ethics in AI
• Learn about the Ethical initiatives in the field of artificial intelligence
• Study about AI standards and Regulations
• Study about social and ethical issues of Robot Ethics
• Study about AI and Ethics- challenges and opportunities

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 6
Definition of morality and ethics in AI-Impact on society-Impact on human psychology-Impact on the
legal system-Impact on the environment and the planet-Impact on trust

UNIT II ETHICAL INITIATIVES IN AI 6

International ethical initiatives-Ethical harms and concerns-Case study: healthcare robots,
Autonomous Vehicles , Warfare and weaponization.

UNIT III AI STANDARDS AND REGULATION 6

Model Process for Addressing Ethical Concerns During System Design - Transparency of
Autonomous Systems-Data Privacy Process- Algorithmic Bias Considerations -
Ontological Standard for Ethically Driven Robotics and Automation Systems

UNIT IV ROBOETHICS: SOCIAL AND ETHICAL IMPLICATION OF ROBOTICS 6

Robot-Roboethics- Ethics and Morality- Moral Theories-Ethics in Science and Technology - Ethical
Issues in an ICT Society- Harmonization of Principles- Ethics and Professional Responsibility-
Roboethics Taxonomy.

UNIT V AI AND ETHICS- CHALLENGES AND OPPORTUNITIES 6

Challenges - Opportunities- ethical issues in artificial intelligence- Societal Issues Concerning the
Application of Artificial Intelligence in Medicine- decision-making role in industries-National and
International Strategies on AI.
30 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1: Learn about morality and ethics in AI
CO2:Acquire the knowledge of real time application ethics, issues and its challenges.
CO3:Understand the ethical harms and ethical initiatives in AI
CO4:Learn about AI standards and Regulations like AI Agent, Safe Design of Autonomous and
Semi-Autonomous Systems
CO5:Understand the concepts of Roboethics and Morality with professional responsibilities.
CO6:Learn about the societal issues in AI with National and International Strategies on AI

PRACTICAL EXERCISES 30 PERIODS

1. Recent case study of ethical initiatives in healthcare, autonomous vehicles and defense
2. Exploratory data analysis on a 2 variable linear regression model
3. Experiment the regression model without a bias and with bias
4. Classification of a dataset from UCI repository using a perceptron with and without bias
5. Case study on ontology where ethics is at stake
6. Identification on optimization in AI affecting ethics

181

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC
TEXT BOOKS: TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
1. y. Eleanor Bird, Jasmin Fox-Skelly, Nicola Jenner, Ruth Larbey, Emma Weitkamp and Alan
Winfield ,”The ethics of artificial intelligence: Issues and initiatives”, EPRS | European
Parliamentary Research Service Scientific Foresight Unit (STOA) PE 634.452 – March
2020
2. Patrick Lin, Keith Abney, George A Bekey,” Robot Ethics: The Ethical and Social Implications
of Robotics”, The MIT Press- January 2014.
REFERENCES:
1. Towards a Code of Ethics for Artificial Intelligence (Artificial Intelligence: Foundations,
Theory, and Algorithms) by Paula Boddington, November 2017
2. Mark Coeckelbergh,” AI Ethics”, The MIT Press Essential Knowledge series, April 2020
3. Web link:
4. https://sci-hub.mksa.top/10.1007/978-3-540-30301-5_65
5. https://www.scu.edu/ethics/all-about-ethics/artificial-intelligence-and-ethics-sixteen-
challenges-and-opportunities/
6. https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2016/10/top-10-ethical-issues-in-artificial-intelligence/
7. https://sci-hub.mksa.top/10.1159/000492428

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 3 3 1 - - - 1 2 1 1 3 1 1
2 2 1 1 2 1 - - - 1 2 1 1 3 3 1
3 2 3 1 1 3 - - - 2 1 1 2 3 2 2
4 3 1 3 3 2 - - - 2 2 3 1 2 1 3
5 3 1 1 3 3 - - - 2 3 3 3 1 3 3
AVg. 2.6 1.6 1.8 2.4 2 - - - 1.6 2 1.8 1.6 2.4 2 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

182

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2339 3D PRINTING AND DESIGN LT P C

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To discuss on basics of 3D printing
• To explain the principles of 3D printing technique
• To explain and illustrate inkjet technology
• To explain and illustrate laser technology
• To discuss the applications of 3D printing

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 6
Introduction; Design considerations – Material, Size, Resolution, Process; Modelling and viewing -
3D; Scanning; Model preparation – Digital; Slicing; Software; File formats

UNIT II PRINCIPLE 6
Processes – Extrusion, Wire, Granular, Lamination, Photopolymerisation; Materials - Paper,
Plastics, Metals, Ceramics, Glass, Wood, Fiber, Sand, Biological Tissues, Hydrogels, Graphene;
Material Selection - Processes, applications, limitations;

UNIT III INKJET TECHNOLOGY 6

Printer - Working Principle, Positioning System, Print head, Print bed, Frames, Motion control; Print
head Considerations – Continuous Inkjet, Thermal Inkjet, Piezoelectric Drop-On-Demand; Material
Formulation for jetting; Liquid based fabrication – Continous jet, Mulitjet; Powder based fabrication
– Colourjet.

UNIT IV LASER TECHNOLOGY 6

Light Sources – Types, Characteristics; Optics – Deflection, Modulation; Material feeding and flow
– Liquid, powder; Printing machines – Types, Working Principle, Build Platform, Print bed
Movement, Support structures;

UNIT V INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS 6

Product Models, manufacturing – Printed electronics, Biopolymers, Packaging, Healthcare, Food,
Medical, Biotechnology, Displays; Future trends;
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
1. Study the interface and basic tools in the CAD software.
2. Study 3D printer(s) including print heads, build envelope, materials used and related
support removal system(s).
3. Review of geometry terms of a 3D mesh.
4. Commands for moving from 2D to 3D.
5. Advanced CAD commands to navigate models in 3D space
6. Design any four everyday objects
Refer to web sites like Thingiverse, Shapeways and GitFab to design four everyday objects
that utilize the advantages of 3D printing
. Choose four models from a sharing site like Thingiverse, Shapeways or Gitfab.
7. Improve upon a file and make it your own. Some ideas include:
• Redesign it with a specific user in mind

183

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

Redesign it for a slightly different purpose

• Improve the look of the product
7. Use the CAM software to prepare files for 3D printing.
8. Manipulate machine movement and material layering.
9. Repair a 3D mesh using
a) Freeware utilities: Autodesk MeshMixer (http://goo.gl/x5nhYc), MeshLab (http://goo.gl/fgztLl) or
Netfabb Basic or Cloud Service (http://goo.gl/Q1P47a)
b) Freeware tool tutorials: Netfabb Basic or Cloud Service (http://goo.gl/Q1P47a), Netfabb and
MeshLab (http://goo.gl/WPOVec)
c) Professional tools: Magics or Netfabb
Equipment : one 3D printer for every 10-15 students

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1:Outline and examine the basic concepts of 3D printing technology
CO2:Outline 3D printing workflow`
CO3: Explain and categorise the concepts and working principles of 3D printing using inkjet
technique
CO4: Explain and categorise the working principles of 3D printing using laser technique
CO5: Explain various method for designing and modeling for industrial applications
TOTAL:60 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS
1. Christopher Barnatt, 3D Printing: The Next Industrial Revolution, CreateSpace Independent
Publishing Platform, 2013.
2. Ian M. Hutchings, Graham D. Martin, Inkjet Technology for Digital Fabrication, John Wiley &
Sons, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Chua, C.K., Leong K.F. and Lim C.S., Rapid prototyping: Principles and applications, second
edition, World Scientific Publishers, 2010
2. Ibrahim Zeid, Mastering CAD CAM Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co., 2007
3. Joan Horvath, Mastering 3D Printing, APress, 2014

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 1 1 2 2 3 1 - - 2 - 2 2 3 2 1
2 3 2 3 3 3 2 - - 3 - 3 2 3 2 3
3 2 2 2 2 2 2 - - 2 - 2 2 3 2 2
4 2 2 2 2 3 2 - - 2 - 2 2 3 3 2
5 1 3 3 3 3 3 - - 3 - 3 3 3 3 1
AVg. 1.8 2 2.4 2.4 2.8 2 - - 2.4 - 2.4 2.2 3 2.4 1.8
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

184

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2338 GAME DEVELOPMENT L T P C

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To know the basics of 2D and 3D graphics for game development.
• To know the stages of game development.
• To understand the basics of a game engine.
• To survey the gaming development environment and tool kits.
• To learn and develop simple games using Pygame environment

UNIT I 3D GRAPHICS FOR GAME DESIGN 6

Genres of Games, Basics of 2D and 3D Graphics for Game Avatar, Game Components – 2D and
3D Transformations – Projections – Color Models – Illumination and Shader Models – Animation –
Controller Based Animation.

UNIT II GAME DESIGN PRINCIPLES 6

Character Development, Storyboard Development for Gaming – Script Design – Script Narration,
Game Balancing, Core Mechanics, Principles of Level Design – Proposals – Writing for
Preproduction, Production and Post – Production.

UNIT III GAME ENGINE DESIGN 6

Rendering Concept – Software Rendering – Hardware Rendering – Spatial Sorting Algorithms –
Algorithms for Game Engine– Collision Detection – Game Logic – Game AI – Pathfinding.

UNIT IV OVERVIEW OF GAMING PLATFORMS AND FRAMEWORKS 6

Pygame Game development – Unity – Unity Scripts –Mobile Gaming, Game Studio, Unity
Single player and Multi-Player games.

UNIT V GAME DEVELOPMENT USING PYGAME 6

Developing 2D and 3D interactive games using Pygame – Avatar Creation – 2D and 3D Graphics
Programming – Incorporating music and sound – Asset Creations – Game Physics algorithms
Development – Device Handling in Pygame – Overview of Isometric and Tile Based arcade Games
– Puzzle Games.
30 PERIODS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1:Explain the concepts of 2D and 3d Graphics
CO2:Design game design documents.
CO3:Implementation of gaming engines.
CO4:Survey gaming environments and frameworks.
CO5:Implement a simple game in Pygame.
EXPERIMENTS: 30 PERIODS
1. Installation of a game engine, e.g., Unity, Unreal Engine, familiarization of the GUI.
Conceptualize the theme for a 2D game.
2. Character design, sprites, movement and character control
3. Level design: design of the world in the form of tiles along with interactive and collectible
objects.
4. Design of interaction between the player and the world, optionally using the physics engine.
5. Developing a 2D interactive using Pygame
6. Developing a Puzzle game
7. Design of menus and user interaction in mobile platforms.
8. Developing a 3D Game using Unreal
9. Developing a Multiplayer game using unity

185

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

REFERENCES TOTAL:60PERIODS
1. Sanjay Madhav, “Game Programming Algorithms and Techniques: A Platform Agnostic
Approach”, Addison Wesley,2013.
2. Will McGugan, “Beginning Game Development with Python and Pygame: From Novice to
Professional”, Apress,2007.
3. Paul Craven, “Python Arcade games”, Apress Publishers,2016.
4. David H. Eberly, “3D Game Engine Design: A Practical Approach to Real-Time Computer
Graphics”, Second Edition, CRC Press,2006.
5. Jung Hyun Han, “3D Graphics for Game Programming”, Chapman and Hall/CRC, 2011

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 2 1 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 2
2 1 2 2 1 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 1
3 1 1 1 2 1 - - - - - - - 2 2 2
4 3 3 1 3 3 - - - - - - - 2 2 3
5 3 3 2 1 3 - - - - - - - 2 2 3
AVg. 2.2 2.2 1.6 1.6 2.2 - - - - - - - 2 2 2.2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

186

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2340 KNOWLEDGE ENGINEERING L T P C

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the basics of Knowledge Engineering.
• To discuss methodologies and modeling for Agent Design and Development.
• To design and develop ontologies.
• To apply reasoning with ontologies and rules.
• To understand learning and rule learning.

UNIT I REASONING UNDER UNCERTAINTY 6

Introduction – Abductive reasoning – Probabilistic reasoning: Enumerative Probabilities – Subjective
Bayesian view – Belief Functions – Baconian Probability – Fuzzy Probability – Uncertainty methods
- Evidence-based reasoning – Intelligent Agent – Mixed-Initiative Reasoning – Knowledge
Engineering.

UNIT II METHODOLOGY AND MODELING 6

Conventional Design and Development – Development tools and Reusable Ontologies – Agent
Design and Development using Learning Technology – Problem Solving through Analysis and
Synthesis – Inquiry-driven Analysis and Synthesis – Evidence-based Assessment – Believability
Assessment – Drill-Down Analysis, Assumption-based Reasoning, and What-If Scenarios.

UNIT III ONTOLOGIES – DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT 6

Concepts and Instances – Generalization Hierarchies – Object Features – Defining Features –
Representation – Transitivity – Inheritance – Concepts as Feature Values – Ontology Matching.
Design and Development Methodologies – Steps in Ontology Development – Domain
Understanding and Concept Elicitation – Modelling-based Ontology Specification.

UNIT IV REASONIING WITH ONTOLOGIES AND RULES 6

Production System Architecture – Complex Ontology-based Concepts – Reduction and Synthesis
rules and the Inference Engine – Evidence-based hypothesis analysis – Rule and Ontology
Matching – Partially Learned Knowledge – Reasoning with Partially Learned Knowledge.

UNIT V LEARNING AND RULE LEARNING 6

Machine Learning – Concepts – Generalization and Specialization Rules – Types – Formal definition
of Generalization. Modelling, Learning and Problem Solving – Rule learning and Refinement –
Overview – Rule Generation and Analysis – Hypothesis Learning.
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES: 30 PERIODS
1. Perform operations with Evidence Based Reasoning.
2. Perform Evidence based Analysis.
3. Perform operations on Probability Based Reasoning.
4. Perform Believability Analysis.
5. Implement Rule Learning and refinement.
6. Perform analysis based on learned patterns.
7. Construction of Ontology for a given domain.

187

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Understand the basics of Knowledge Engineering.
CO2: Apply methodologies and modelling for Agent Design and Development.
CO3: Design and develop ontologies.
CO4: Apply reasoning with ontologies and rules.
CO5: Understand learning and rule learning.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Gheorghe Tecuci, Dorin Marcu, Mihai Boicu, David A. Schum, Knowledge Engineering Building
Cognitive Assistants for Evidence-based Reasoning, Cambridge University Press, First Edition, 2016.
(Unit 1 – Chapter 1 / Unit 2 – Chapter 3,4 / Unit 3 – Chapter 5, 6 / Unit 4- 7 , Unit 5 – Chapter 8, 9 )

REFERENCES:
1. Ronald J. Brachman, Hector J. Levesque: Knowledge Representation and Reasoning, Morgan
Kaufmann, 2004.
2. Ela Kumar, Knowledge Engineering, I K International Publisher House, 2018.
3. John F. Sowa: Knowledge Representation: Logical, Philosophical, and Computational
Foundations, Brooks/Cole, Thomson Learning, 2000.
4. King , Knowledge Management and Organizational Learning , Springer, 2009.
5. Jay Liebowitz, Knowledge Management Learning from Knowledge Engineering, 1st
Edition,2001.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 1 1 1 1 1 - - 1 2 1 2 1 1 1
2 3 2 3 2 2 - - - 2 1 2 1 3 3 1
3 2 2 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 2 3 2 3
4 2 2 3 1 1 - - - 2 2 2 2 2 1 1
5 2 2 2 1 1 - - - 2 1 1 1 2 1 1
AVg. 2.4 1.8 2.4 1.4 1.4 0.2 0 0 2 1.6 1.6 1.6 2.2 1.6 1.4
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

188

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC
PCS2341 SOFT COMPUTING L T PC
2 0 2 3

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To introduce the ideas of fuzzy sets, fuzzy logic and use of heuristics based on human
experience.
• To provide the mathematical background for carrying out the optimization associated with
neural network learning
• To learn various evolutionary Algorithms.
• To become familiar with neural networks that can learn from available examples and
generalize to form appropriate rules for inference systems.
• To introduce case studies utilizing the above and illustrate the Intelligent behavior of
programs based on soft computing

UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOFT COMPUTING AND FUZZY LOGIC 6

Introduction - Fuzzy Logic - Fuzzy Sets, Fuzzy Membership Functions, Operations on Fuzzy Sets,
Fuzzy Relations, Operations on Fuzzy Relations, Fuzzy Rules and Fuzzy Reasoning, Fuzzy
Inference Systems

UNIT II NEURAL NETWORKS 6

Supervised Learning Neural Networks – Perceptrons - Backpropagation -Multilayer Perceptrons –
Unsupervised Learning Neural Networks – Kohonen Self-Organizing Networks

UNIT III GENETIC ALGORITHMS 6

Chromosome Encoding Schemes -Population initialization and selection methods - Evaluation
function - Genetic operators- Cross over – Mutation - Fitness Function – Maximizing function

UNIT IV NEURO FUZZY MODELING 6

ANFIS architecture – hybrid learning – ANFIS as universal approximator – Coactive Neuro fuzzy
modeling – Framework – Neuron functions for adaptive networks – Neuro fuzzy spectrum - Analysis
of Adaptive Learning Capability

UNIT V APPLICATIONS 6
Modeling a two input sine function - Printed Character Recognition – Fuzzy filtered neural networks
– Plasma Spectrum Analysis – Hand written neural recognition - Soft Computing for Color Recipe
Prediction.
30 PERIODS

COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Understand the fundamentals of fuzzy logic operators and inference mechanisms
CO2: Understand neural network architecture for AI applications such as classification and
clustering
CO3: Learn the functionality of Genetic Algorithms in Optimization problems
CO4: Use hybrid techniques involving Neural networks and Fuzzy logic
CO5: Apply soft computing techniques in real world applications
PRACTICAL EXERCISES 30 PERIODS
1. Implementation of fuzzy control/ inference system
2. Programming exercise on classification with a discrete perceptron
3. Implementation of XOR with backpropagation algorithm
4. Implementation of self organizing maps for a specific application
5. Programming exercises on maximizing a function using Genetic algorithm
6. Implementation of two input sine function
7. Implementation of three input non linear function

TOTAL:60 PERIODS
189

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC
TEXT BOOKS:

1. SaJANG, J.-S. R., SUN, C.-T., & MIZUTANI, E. (1997). Neuro-fuzzy and soft computing: A
computational approach to learning and machine intelligence. Upper Saddle River, NJ,
Prentice Hall,1997
2. HimanshuSingh, YunisAhmadLone, Deep Neuro-Fuzzy Systems with Python
3. With Case Studies and Applications from the Industry, Apress, 2020

REFERENCES

1. roj Kaushik and Sunita Tiwari, Soft Computing-Fundamentals Techniques and Applications,
1st Edition, McGraw Hill, 2018.
2. S. Rajasekaran and G.A.V.Pai, “Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and Genetic Algorithms”, PHI,
2003.
3. Samir Roy, Udit Chakraborthy, Introduction to Soft Computing, Neuro Fuzzy and Genetic
Algorithms, Pearson Education, 2013.
4. S.N. Sivanandam, S.N. Deepa, Principles of Soft Computing, Third Edition, Wiley India Pvt
Ltd, 2019.
5. R.Eberhart, P.Simpson and R.Dobbins, “Computational Intelligence - PC Tools”, AP
Professional, Boston, 1996

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 2 3 3 3 - - - 3 1 3 2 3 1 2
2 2 3 3 2 3 - - - 3 2 3 2 2 1 3
3 1 3 2 2 1 - - - 3 1 1 2 1 3 2
4 1 2 1 3 2 - - - 3 3 1 1 2 1 1
5 2 3 1 2 1 - - - 3 3 3 2 1 2 3
AVg. 1.8 2.6 2 2.4 2 - - - 3 2 2.2 1.8 1.8 1.6 2.2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

190

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2342 OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES L T P C

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
The objective of this course is to enable the student to
• Formulate and solve linear programming problems (LPP)
• Evaluate Integer Programming Problems, Transportation and Assignment Problems.
• Obtain a solution to network problems using CPM and PERT techniques.
• Able to optimize the function subject to the constraints.
• Identify and solve problems under Markovian queuing models.

UNIT I LINEAR MODELS 6

Introduction of Operations Research - mathematical formulation of LPP- Graphical Methods to solve
LPP- Simplex Method- Two-Phase method

UNIT II INTEGER PROGRAMMING AND TRANSPORTATION PROBLEMS 6

Integer programming: Branch and bound method- Transportation and Assignment problems -
Traveling salesman problem.

UNIT III PROJECT SCHEDULING 6

Project network -Diagram representation – Floats - Critical path method (CPM) – PERT- Cost
considerations in PERT and CPM.

UNIT IV CLASSICAL OPTIMIZATION THEORY 6

Unconstrained problems – necessary and sufficient conditions - Newton-Raphson method,
Constrained problems – equality constraints – inequality constraints - Kuhn-Tucker conditions.

UNIT V QUEUING MODELS 6

Introduction, Queuing Theory, Operating characteristics of a Queuing system, Constituents of a
Queuing system, Service facility, Queue discipline, Single channel models, multiple service
channels.

30 PERIODS

PRACTICALS
1.Solving simplex maximization problems using R programming.
2. Solving simplex minimization problems using R programming.
3. Solving mixed constraints problems – Big M & Two phase method using TORA.
4. Solving transportation problems using R.
5. Solving assignment problems using R.
6. Solving optimization problems using LINGO.
7. Studying Primal-Dual relationships in LP using TORA.
8. Solving LP problems using dual simplex method using TORA.
9. Sensitivity & post optimality analysis using LINGO.
10. Solving shortest route problems using optimization software
11. Solving Project Management problems using optimization software
12. Testing random numbers and random variates for their uniformity.
13. Testing random numbers and random variates for their independence
14. Solve single server queuing model using simulation software package.
15. Solve multi server queuing model using simulation software package.
30 PERIODS

TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
191

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of this course, the student will able to
CO1:Formulate and solve linear programming problems (LPP)
CO2:Evaluate Integer Programming Problems, Transportation and Assignment Problems.
CO3:Obtain a solution to network problems using CPM and PERT techniques.
CO4:Able to optimize the function subject to the constraints.
CO5:Identify and solve problems under Markovian queuing models
TEXT BOOK:
1. Hamdy A Taha, Operations Research: An Introduction, Pearson, 10th Edition, 2017.

REFERENCES:
1. ND Vohra, Quantitative Techniques in Management, Tata McGraw Hill, 4th Edition, 2011.
2. J. K. Sharma, Operations Research Theory and Applications, Macmillan, 5th Edition, 2012.
3. Hiller F.S, Liberman G.J, Introduction to Operations Research, 10th Edition McGraw Hill,
2017.
4. Jit. S. Chandran, Mahendran P. Kawatra, KiHoKim, Essentials of Linear Programming,
Vikas Publishing House Pvt.Ltd. New Delhi, 1994.
5. Ravindran A., Philip D.T., and Solberg J.J., Operations Research, John Wiley, 2nd Edition,
2007.
CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING
CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 2 1 1 - - - 2 1 1 2 3 3 3
2 3 1 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 3 1 2 1 1
3 2 3 3 2 2 - - - 3 3 1 3 1 3 1
4 2 2 1 1 3 - - - 2 1 3 1 2 1 2
5 2 1 1 3 2 - - - 3 3 1 3 3 2 1
AVg. 2.4 2 1.8 1.8 2.2 - - - 2.6 2 1.8 2 2.2 2 1.6
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

192

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2343 GAME THEORY L T PC

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To introduce the student to the notion of a game, its solutions concepts, and other basic
notions and tools of game theory, and the main applications for which they are appropriate,
including electronic trading markets.
• To formalize the notion of strategic thinking and rational choice by using the tools of game
theory, and to provide insights into using game theory in 41odeIIing applications.
• To draw the connections between game theory, computer science, and economics,
especially emphasizing the computational issues.
• To introduce contemporary topics in the intersection of game theory, computer science, and
economics.
• To apply game theory in searching, auctioning and trading.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 6
Introduction — Making rational choices: basics of Games — strategy — preferences — payoffs —
Mathematical basics — Game theory — Rational Choice — Basic solution concepts-non- cooperative
versus cooperative games — Basic computational issues — finding equilibria and learning in games-
Typical application areas for game theory (e.g. Google's sponsored search, eBay auctions, electricity
trading markets).

UNIT II GAMES WITH PERFECT INFORMATION 6

Games with Perfect Information — Strategic games — prisoner's dilemma, matching pennies - Nash
equilibria —mixed strategy equilibrium — zero-sum games

UNIT III GAMES WITH IMPERFECT INFORMATION 6

Games with Imperfect Information — Bayesian Games — Motivational Examples — General

Definitions — Information aspects — Illustrations — Extensive Games with Imperfect — Information
— Strategies — Nash Equilibrium —Repeated Games — The Prisoner's Dilemma — Bargaining

UNIT IV NON-COOPERATIVE GAME THEORY 6

Non-cooperative Game Theory — Self-interested agents — Games in normal form — Analyzing
games: from optimality to equilibrium — Computing Solution Concepts of Normal — Form Games
— Computing Nash equilibria of two-player, zero-sum games —Computing Nash equilibria of two-
player, general- sum games — Identifying dominated strategies
UNITVMECHANISMDESIGN 6
Aggregating Preferences — Social Choice — Formal Model — Voting — Existence of social functions
— Ranking systems — Protocols for Strategic Agents: Mechanism Design — Mechanism design with
unrestricted preferences
30 PERIODS

193

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon Completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO1:Discuss the notion of a strategic game and equilibria and identify the characteristics of main
applications of these concepts.
CO2:Discuss the use of Nash Equilibrium for other problems.
CO3:Identify key strategic aspects and based on these be able to connect them to appropriate
game theoretic concepts given a real world situation.
CO4:Identify some applications that need aspects of Bayesian Games.
CO5:Implement a typical Virtual Business scenario using Game theory.

LABORATORY EXERCISES:
1. Prisoner’s dilemma
2. Pure Strategy Nash Equilibrium
3. Extensive Form – Graphs and Trees, Game Trees
4. Strategic Form – Elimination of dominant strategy
5. Minimax theorem, minimax strategies
6. Perfect information games: trees, players assigned to nodes, payoffs, backward Induction,
subgame perfect equilibrium,
7. imperfect-information games - Mixed Strategy Nash Equilibrium - Finding mixed-strategy
Nash equilibria for zero sum games, mixed versus behavioral strategies.
8. Repeated Games
9. Bayesian Nash equilibrium 30 PERIODS

TOTAL: 60 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:

1. M. J. Osborne, An Introduction to Game Theory. Oxford University Press, 2012.

2. M. Machler, E. Solan, S. Zamir, Game Theory, Cambridge University Press, 2013.
3. N. Nisan, T. Roughgarden, E. Tardos, and V. V. Vazirani, Algorithmic Game Theory.
Cambridge University Press, 2007.
4. A.Dixit and S. Skeath, Games of Strategy, Second Edition. W W Norton & Co Inc, 2004.
5. YoavShoham, Kevin Leyton-Brown, Multiagent Systems: Algorithmic, Game-Theoretic,
and Logical Foundations, Cambridge University Press 2008.
6. Zhu Han, DusitNiyato, WalidSaad, TamerBasar and Are Hjorungnes, “Game Theory in
Wireless and Communication Networks”, Cambridge University Press, 2012.
7. Y.Narahari, “Game Theory and Mechanism Design”, IISC Press, World Scientific.
8. William Spaniel, “Game Theory 101: The Complete Textbook”, CreateSpace Independent
Publishing, 2011.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

CO’s PO’s PSO’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 3 2 3 3 - - - - - - - 1 1 3
2 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 1 1 1
3 1 1 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 1 1 2
4 2 1 1 1 1 - - - - - - - 1 1 2
5 2 2 3 2 1 - - - - - - - 1 1 2
AVg. 2.2 2 2.4 2.2 2.2 - - - - - - - 1 1 2
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

194

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

PCS2344 COGNITIVE SCIENCE L T P C

2 0 2 3
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To know the theoretical background of cognition.
• To understand the link between cognition and computational intelligence.
• To explore probabilistic programming language.
• To study the computational inference models of cognition.
• To study the computational learning models of cognition.

UNIT I PHILOSOPHY, PSYCHOLOGY AND NEUROSCIENCE 6

Philosophy: Mental-physical Relation – From Materialism to Mental Science – Logic and the
Sciences of the Mind – Psychology: Place of Psychology within Cognitive Science – Science of
Information Processing –Cognitive Neuroscience – Perception – Decision – Learning and Memory
– Language Understanding and Processing.

UNIT II COMPUTATIONAL INTELLIGENCE 6

Machines and Cognition – Artificial Intelligence – Architectures of Cognition – Knowledge Based
Systems – Logical Representation and Reasoning – Logical Decision Making –Learning – Language
– Vision.

UNIT III PROBABILISTIC PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE 6

WebPPL Language – Syntax – Using Javascript Libraries – Manipulating probability types and
distributions – Finding Inference – Exploring random computation – Coroutines: Functions that
receive continuations –Enumeration

UNIT IV INFERENCE MODELS OF COGNITION 6

Generative Models – Conditioning – Causal and statistical dependence – Conditional dependence
– Data Analysis – Algorithms for Inference.

UNIT V LEARNING MODELS OF COGNITION 6

Learning as Conditional Inference – Learning with a Language of Thought – Hierarchical Models–
Learning (Deep) Continuous Functions – Mixture Models.
30 PERIODS
PRACTICAL EXERCISES
1.Demonstration of Mathematical functions using WebPPL.
2. Implementation of reasoning algorithms.
3. Developing an Application system using generative model.
4. Developing an Application using conditional inference learning model.
5. Application development using hierarchical model.
6. Application development using Mixture model.
30 PERIODS

195

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023

 Department of CSE,PEC

TOTAL: 60 PERIODS

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
CO1:Understand the underlying theory behind cognition.
CO2:Connect to the cognition elements computationally.
CO3:Implement mathematical functions through WebPPL.
CO4:Develop applications using cognitive inference model.
CO5:Develop applications using cognitive learning model.

TEXT BOOK:

1. Vijay V Raghavan,Venkat N.Gudivada, VenuGovindaraju, C.R. Rao, Cognitive

Computing: Theory and Applications: (Handbook of Statistics 35), Elsevier publications,
2016
2. Judith Hurwitz, Marcia Kaufman, Adrian Bowles, Cognitive Computing and Big
Data Analytics, Wiley Publications, 2015

3. Robert A. Wilson, Frank C. Keil, “The MIT Encyclopedia of the Cognitive Sciences”,The
MIT Press, 1999.
4. Jose Luis Bermúdez, Cognitive Science -An Introduction to the Science of the
Mind, Cambridge University Press 2020

REFERENCES:

1. Noah D. Goodman, Andreas Stuhlmuller, “The Design and Implementation of

Probabilistic Programming Languages”, Electronic version of book,

2. Noah D. Goodman, Joshua B. Tenenbaum, The ProbMods Contributors,

“Probabilistic Models of Cognition”, Second Edition, 2016, https://probmods.org/.

CO’s-PO’s & PSO’s MAPPING

PO’s PSO’s
CO’s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
1 3 1 3 2 2 - - - 1 1 2 2 1 2 2
2 2 2 1 1 2 - - - 3 2 3 1 2 3 2
3 1 3 1 3 3 - - - 1 3 1 3 3 1 2
4 2 1 1 2 3 - - - 1 2 3 1 3 3 1
5 1 2 3 2 2 - - - 1 2 2 2 2 2 1
AVG 1.8 1.8 1.8 2 2.4 - - - 1.4 2 2.2 1.8 2.2 2.2 1.6
1 - low, 2 - medium, 3 - high, ‘-' - no correlation

196

Curriculum and Syllabus|B.E Computer Science and Engineering |R2023